Trts0930 Eaton Gen 3 Autoshift Ultrashift Troubleshooting Guide

User Manual: Eaton-Gen-3-Autoshift-Ultrashift--Troubleshooting-Guide Freightliner

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 381

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Troubleshooting Guide

Eaton Gen III Automated
Transmissions
TRTS0930 EN-US
January 2016
UltraShift®
AutoShift®

Model:
F-5405B-DM3
F-6405B-DM3
FM-14D310B-LST
FM-15D310B-LST
FO-16D313E-LEP
FO-5406B-DM3
FO-6406A-AW3
FO-6406B-AW3
FO-8406A-AW3
FOM-16D313E-LEP
RTLO-14918A-AS3
RTLO-16913L-DM3
RTLO-16918A-AS3
RTO-10910B-DM3
RTO-12910B-AS3
RTO-12910B-DM3

RTO-14910B-AS3
RTO-14910B-DM3
RTO-14910C-AS3
RTO-16910B-AS3
RTO-16910B-DM3
RTO-16910C-AS3
RTO-18910B-AS3
F-5505B-DM3
F-6505B-DM3
RTLO-18918A-AS3
RTLO-20918A-AS3
RTLO-22918A-AS3
RTLOM-16913L-DM3
RTO-10910B-AS3
RTOM-16910B-DM3

TRTS0930

Table of Contents

Table of Contents
General Information
Warnings and Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Transmission Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Diagnostic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Retrieving Fault Codes Manually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Clearing Fault Codes Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Retrieving Fault Codes with ServiceRanger . . . . . . 6
Clearing Fault Codes with ServiceRanger . . . . . . . . 7
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Pretest Procedures
Electrical Pretest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
TECU Power Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Preferred +12 Volt Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Preferred +12 Volt Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Preferred +24 Volt Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Preferred +24 Volt Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
TECU Ignition Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
J1939 Data Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
J1939 Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Electrical Pretest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Power-Up Sequence Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

Fault Isolation Procedures
Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration . . . . . . . .34
Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device . . . . . . . . .38
Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park
Pawl) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (with Park
Pawl) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration . . . . . .54
Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL) . . . . . . . . . . .62
Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit . . . . .70
Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch. . . . . .74
Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault . . . . . . . . . . .80
Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Fault Code 28 - Clutch System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable . . . . . . . . . . . .98

2016.01.15

Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test. .108
Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply . . . . . . .112
Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply . . . . . .118
Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link. . . . . . . .124
Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message . . . . . . . . . . .130
Fault Code 37 - Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136
Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage . . . . . . . . . . .142
Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage . . . . . . . . . .148
Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil . . . . . . . .160
Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) Failure . . . . . . .166
Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct and Indirect Solenoid Valve
170
Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . .176
Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . .182
Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . .188
Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . .194
Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor . . . . . . . .198
Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202
Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear . . . . . . . . .218
Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . .224
Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear . . . . . . . . . . . .230
Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault . . . . . .236
Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected . . . . . . . .244
Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured .252
Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible . . .256
Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260

TRTS0930

Table of Contents

Symptom Isolation Procedures
Up/Down Button Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Start Enable Relay Contact Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
J1587 Data Link Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Front Box Control Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test . 288
UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test
296
UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test . . . . . . . . . . 302
AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Shift Lever Back Light Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

OEM Shift Lever Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Eaton Push Button Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . 369
OEM J1939 Shift Input Device Wiring Diagram . 371
Proper Clutch Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Check For Proper Clutch Operation . . . . . . . . . . 372
Confirm Proper Clutch Adjustment and Clutch Brake
Contact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Clutch Grease Interval Service Procedure . . . . . 374
Adapter Test Kit J43318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

Appendix
Connector Pin Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Transmission Controller 38-Way (Vehicle Interface
Connector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Push Button Shift Control 30-Way Connector . . 341
Cobra Lever 8-Way Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Transmission Controller 38-Way (Eaton Supplied
Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
UltraShift DM3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram with Analog
Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
UltraShift DM3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram with Push
Button Shifter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
UltraShift AW3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram with Analog
Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
UltraShift AW3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram with Push
Button Shifter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
AutoShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with Analog
Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
AutoShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with Push
Button Shifter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
UltraShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with Analog
Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
UltraShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with Push
Button Shifter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
UltraShift 13-Speed Wiring Diagram with Analog
Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
UltraShift 13-Speed Wiring Diagram with Push
Button Shifter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
AutoShift 18-Speed Wiring Diagram with Analog
Shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
AutoShift 18-Speed Wiring Diagram with Push
Button Shifter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Eaton Cobra Lever Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . 367

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

General Information | Warnings and Cautions

Warnings and Cautions
!

Warning: Follow the specified procedures in the indicated
order to avoid personal injury

Caution: Follow the specified procedures in the indicated
order to avoid equipment malfunction or damage.
Note: Additional relevant information not covered in the
service procedure.

Ensure adequate fuel level

•

Sit in the driver's seat

•

Place shift lever in neutral

•

Set the parking brake

•

Place shift lever in neutral

•

Set the parking brake

Caution: Do not release the parking brake or attempt to
select a gear until the air pressure is at the correct level.

To avoid damage to the transmission during
towing:

Before starting a vehicle:
•

When parking the vehicle or leaving the cab:

1. Place shift lever in neutral
2. Lift the drive wheels off of the ground or disconnect the driveline
Do not operate the vehicle if Alternator light is lit or if
gauges indicate low voltage.

Before working on a vehicle or leaving the cab
with engine running:
•

Ensure ignition is off while hands are within the
clutch housing area.

•

Place shift lever in neutral

•

Set the parking brake

•

Block the wheels

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Transmission Models | General Information

Transmission Models

Heavy-Duty 13-Speed DM3/LEP and 18-Speed AS3

Heavy-Duty 10-Speed AS3/DM3

Medium-Duty 6- and 5-Speed DM3

Medium-Duty 6-Speed AW3

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

General Information | Diagnostic Procedures

Diagnostic Procedures

Purpose: Observe the transmission gear display.

1. Key on.

Purpose: Confirm that the engine will crank and
start.

1. Attempt to start engine

2. Observe gear display.
Note: An “88” may show up in the dash at key on.
This indicates the Transmission Electronic
Control Unit (TECU) has completed
power-up. If the transmission and gear display power-up at the same time, you may
not see an “88”.
• If blank gear display, go to Step B.
• If “-” (1 dash) on gear display, go to Step D.
• If “--” (2 dashes) or “**” (2 stars) on gear display, go to Step D.
• “#” (gear number) on gear display
- Verify shift lever or push button is in neutral.
- Turn key off and wait 2 minutes.
- Hold clutch half way to the floor. (If
equipped)
- Turn key on.
- If problem continues, call 1-800-826-HELP
(4357)

• No engine crank, lever is in neutral and gear
display is “N” (neutral). See “Start Enable
Relay Contact Test” on page 268.
• No engine crank, lever is in neutral and gear
display is blank. See “Power-Up Sequence
Test” on page 22.. If no problems found, refer
to OEM for gear display problem.
• No engine crank and lever is NOT in neutral.
- Verify shift lever or push button is in neutral.
- Turn key off and wait 2 minutes.
- Hold clutch half way to the floor. (If
equipped)
- Turn key on.
- If problem continues, call 1-800-826-HELP
(4357)
• Engine cranks and gear display is blank. Refer
to OEM for gear display problem.
• Engine cranks and gear display is “N” (neutral), go to Step C.

• Fault Code F on gear display, go to Step D.
• Neutral “N” on gear display, go to Step B.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Diagnostic Procedures | General Information

Purpose: Confirm the transmission will engage a
gear from neutral.

1. Attempt to engage a gear.

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

1. Check for active fault codes.

• If gear engaged and drives, go to Step E.

Note: If no problem found, refer to OEM for display
problem.

• If the gear display indicates a solid “gear number” but no drive or reverse, perform “Front
Box Control Test” on page 282

• If codes are present, See “Fault Code Isolation
Procedure Index” on page 8.

• If unable to engage a gear and transmission is
an AutoShift, perform “AutoShift Will Not
Engage a Gear from Neutral Test” on page 288

• If no codes and gear display is “-” (1 dash)
- Verify shift lever or push button is in neutral.
- Turn key off. Wait 2 minutes.
- Hold clutch half way to the floor. (If
equipped)
- Turn on key.
- If problem continues, call 1-800-826-HELP
(4357)

• If unable to engage a gear and transmission is
an UltraShift DM3, perform “UltraShift DM3
Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test” on
page 296
• If unable to engage a gear and transmission is
an UltraShift AW3, perform “UltraShift AW3
Clutch Engagement Test” on page 302

See “Front Box Control Test” on page 282.
• If no codes and gear display is“--” (2 dashes)
or “**” (2 stars), See “Power-Up Sequence
Test” on page 22.

Purpose: Drive vehicle and attempt to duplicate a
fault code.

1. Record and clear Inactive fault codes.
2. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset code.
• If no codes are present, test complete.
• If Inactive transmission component or Fault
Codes, record codes an call 1-800-826-HELP
(4357).
• If active transmission component or Fault
Codes, See “Fault Code Isolation Procedure
Index” on page 8.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

General Information | Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing

Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing
Retrieving Fault Codes Manually
Retrieve fault codes by enabling the system’s self-diagnostic mode.
Note: You can also use a PC- based service tool, such as
ServiceRanger to retrieve fault codes.

6. Observe the sequence of flashes on the service
light and record the codes. A 1- to 2-second pause
separates each stored code, and the sequence
automatically repeats after all codes have been
flashed.

1 Flash

1. Place the shift lever in neutral.
2. Set the parking brake.

SERVICE

3. Turn key on with engine off.
Note: If the engine is already running, you may still
retrieve codes; however, do not engage the
starter if the engine stalls.
4. To Retrieve Active Codes: Key on. Turn key off and
on 2 times within five seconds ending with the key
on. After 5 seconds, the Service light begins flashing two-digit fault codes. If no faults are active, the
service light will flash code 25 (no codes). This is
also the procedure to enter, See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11. for details.

Short
pause
(1/2 sec)

Code 13
3 Flashes
SERVICE

SERVICE

Long Pause
(3-4 sec)

Note: An “88” may show up in the dash at key on,
which is a normal power-up test of the display.
2x
off

2 Flashes

SERVICE

5. To Retrieve Inactive Codes: Turn key on. Turn the
key off and on 4 times within five seconds ending
with the key in the on position. After 5 seconds, the
Service light begins flashing two-digit fault codes.
If no faults are active, the service light will flash
code 25 (no codes).
4x
off

•

2016.01.15

SERVICE

Short
pause
(1/2 sec)

Code 21
1 Flash
SERVICE

Two digit fault codes will be displayed in the gear
display. Some vehicle may be equipped with a service light.

TRTS0930

Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing | General Information

Clearing Fault Codes Manually
The following procedure clears all Inactive fault codes from
the TECU’s memory. Active fault codes are automatically
cleared when the fault has been corrected.
Note: You may use a PC-based service tool, such as ServiceRanger, to clear fault codes.

Retrieving Fault Codes with
ServiceRanger
This section determines if the TECU is communicating on
the vehicle's J1939 data link and if the component has set
any fault codes. Proper system operation requires the TECU
to communicate with other ECUs on the vehicle's J1939
data link.

1. Place shift lever in neutral.
Note: This procedure requires ServiceRanger 3.0 or later
and an approved RP1210A communications adapter
that supports J1939 communications.

2. Set parking brake.
3. Turn key on with engine off.
4. Turn key off and on 6 times within 5 seconds ending with key on.
6x
off

Detecting Components
1. Connect the service PC to the vehicle's 9-way
J1939 diagnostic port connector with an approved
RP1210A communications adapter.
2. Start the ServiceRanger program and verify that a
connection has been established with the vehicle's
J1939 data link.
•

Note: If the codes have been successfully cleared, the
Service light will come on and stay on for five
seconds. The gear display will show 25 (no
codes).
5. Turn the key off and allow the system to power
down.

If the TECU is not detected by ServiceRanger,
proceed to the Electrical Pretest procedure to
ensure the TECU has power, and that all components are properly connected the vehicle's
J1939 data link.

Viewing Fault Codes
View the Vehicle Fault Codes screen in ServiceRanger and
verify if any Active or Inactive codes have been set.
1. If an Active code is present, record the vehicle fault
information and proceed to Diagnostic Procedure
in this manual for the Active code. Do not clear any
codes at this time.
2. If only Inactive codes are present, record the vehicle fault information and clear all fault codes. Road
test the vehicle to verify proper operation.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

General Information | Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing

Clearing Fault Codes with ServiceRanger
After all repairs have been made and the system is functioning normally, clear all vehicle codes before placing the vehicle back into service.
Clearing Fault Code
1. Connect the service PC to the vehicle and start ServiceRanger.
2. View the Vehicle Fault Codes screen and select
Clear All.
3. Refresh the screen to verify all Inactive codes have
been cleared, and that no Active codes are present.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index | General Information

Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index
Fault Codes

SPN

PID

SID

FMI

Description

629

254

No ECU operation

629

254

13, 14

Improper ECU configuration

751

231

8, 11

J1939 Shift Control device

14
(without Park
Pawl)

751

18, 19

2, 3, 4, 5

Invalid Shift Lever voltage

18, 19

2, 3, 4, 5

Invalid Shift Lever voltage
(will show “F” in display)

14
(with Park
Pawl)
15

751

HIL Shift Device communication

625

248

High Integrity Link (HIL)

1321

237

3, 4, 14

Start Enable Relay Coil

Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch

563

9, 14

ABS CAN message fault

NO CODES

522

Clutch slip

788

7, 13

Clutch disengagement

788

52,55

3, 4, 5, 7

Clutch system

969

4, 5

Remote throttle enable

1485

2, 3, 4, 5, 14

Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay
(MEIIR)

158

Loss of Switch Ignition power test

168

Low Battery voltage supply

168

Weak Battery voltage supply

639

231

J1939 communication link

639

231

J1939 engine message

627

251

Power supply

768

Range failed to engage

769

Range failed to engage

770

Splitter failed to engage

771

Splitter failed to engage

768

3, 4, 5

Range High Solenoid Valve

769

3, 4, 5

Range Low Solenoid Valve

787

3, 4, 5

Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil

787

Intertia Brake performance

770

3, 4, 5

Splitter Direct Solenoid Valve

771

3, 4, 5

Splitter Indirect Solenoid Valve

2, 3, 4, 10

Rail Position Sensor

372
218

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

General Information | Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index

Fault Codes

SPN

PID

SID

FMI

Description

2, 3, 4, 7

Gear Position Sensor

161

2, 3, 4, 5,10

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

160

2, 3, 4, 5

Main Shaft Speed Sensor

191

2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8

Output Shaft Speed Sensor

772

1, 5, 6, 12

Rail Select Motor

773

1, 5, 6, 12

Gear Select Motor

520274

227

Grade Sensor

520321

227

13, 14

Grade Sensor

560

Unable to disengage gear

772

Failed to select rail

781

Failed to engage gear

518

Engine speed response fault

898

190

Engine torque response fault

75*

560

Power down in gear

780

Gear engagement detected

751

Shift Lever missing

752

7, 12

Shift Lever missing

751

Shift Control device not configured

752

Park mechanism not calibrated

751

Shift Control device incompatible

781

Direction mismatch

* This code will only be set Inactive
•

J1939 Source Address (SA) for Eaton transmissions is 3

•

J1587 Module Identifier (MID) for Eaton transmissions is 130

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index | General Information

Symptom-Driven Diagnostics Index

Symptom

Isolation Procedure

Unable to shift transmission with Up/Down button

Up/Down Button Test

Engine starting system complaint

Start Enable Relay Contact Test

No J1587 communication

J1587 Data Link Test

Gear display shows a dash

Front Box Control Test

AutoShift will not engage a gear from Neutral

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

UltraShift DM will not engage a gear from Neutral

UltraShift DM Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

UltraShift AW3 will not engage a gear from Neutral

UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test

AutoShift AS3 shift complaint

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

UltraShift DM shift complaint

UltraShift DM Shift Complaint Test

UltraShift AW3 shift complaint

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test

Shift Lever back light does not work

Shift Lever Back Light Test

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

General Information | Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode

Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode
Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode

•

PD Mode is used to help diagnose Inactive codes that may
have been set during normal driving. This diagnostic mode
increases the sensitivity of the fault sensing capability
This procedure tests loose, degraded and intermittent connections. Use the Active Fault Isolation Procedure to guide
you to the wiring and connectors that are associated with
the Inactive fault codes. Flex the wiring harness and connectors and attempt to recreate the fault after activating PD
Mode.

Note: Active codes set during PD Mode will not be
stored as Inactive.
7. If a fault is detected, exit PD Mode and perform the
corresponding Fault Isolation Procedure.
8. To exit PD Mode, turn the key off.

PD Mode is only to be used by a trained service technician
in an authorized dealer.
This procedure is to be used prior to performing fault isolation procedures for component-type codes when there are
no Active codes present.

If the fault is detected during PD Mode the gear display will display the active fault. The warning tone
will only sound when the fault is active and the tone
will stop when the fault is Inactive. The fault will
stay in the gear display until the system is powered
down.

PD Mode works with the following
Inactive codes:
11, 13, 14, 15,16, 17, 21, 22, 29, 33, 34, 35, 36, 43, 44, 46,
51, 52, 56, 57, 58, 61, 63, 74, and 99.

To enter PD Mode:
Note: Vehicle will not start in PD Mode. You must turn vehicle key off to exit PD Mode.
1. Vehicle must be stationary, engine off, set vehicle
parking brake.
2. Turn the key off and on 2 times, starting with key
on and ending with key on.
Note: Dash may display an 88 at key on. This is a normal power-up test of the display.
3. The gear display will flash a 25 then a solid PD
(Product Diagnostic Mode) and the mode will be
activated.
4. The service light shall flash code 25 once indicating
no codes. The service light shall then illuminate
solid to indicate PD Mode until such time that an
Active code is detected or PD Mode is exited.
5. Refer to PD Mode section in Fault Isolation procedure for the Inactive fault to be diagnosed.
6. PD will remain in gear display until an active fault
has been set during the PD Mode fault isolation
procedure.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest | Electrical Pretest Procedures

Electrical Pretest
Overview
The pretest does not relate to any specific fault code, but
must be completed before performing Fault Code Isolation
table procedures. The pretest verifies the batteries are fully
charged.
All Generation 3 products require the OEM to supply power
to the Electronic Control Unit (ECU).

Detection
There is no detection process specifically for the basic electrical supply; however, failures of this type are generally
detected by the transmission or driver as some other type
of fault code or symptom.

Fallback
There is no fallback for the electrical pretest; however, it
may affect other systems.

Possible Causes
The pretest can be used for:
•

Low batteries

•

Starter/Battery connections

•

Main power harness to the Transmission Electronic
Control Unit (TECU)

Additional Tools

•

Basic hand tools

•

Eaton Test Adapter Kit

•

Digital Volt/Ohm meter

•

Troubleshooting Guide

•

Battery Load tester

•

ServiceRanger a PC-based service tool

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest

Component Identification

TECU Power Harness
OEM is responsible for overcurrent protection on this circuit.

1. 30 AMP Fuse
2. TECU Connector (Vehicle Interface)

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest | Electrical Pretest Procedures

Preferred +12 Volt Connections
STARTER BATTERY PLUS 2
GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS

STARTER BATTERY PLUS 1

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS

STARTER BATTERY M INUS 1

STARTER BATTERY M INUS 2

TWO BATTERY BANKS - TWO BATTERIES PER BANK - DUAL JUMPERS TO STARTER
BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN PARALLEL BY PAIRS. GEN 3 POWER SUPPLIED BY
BATTERY CLOSEST TO STARTER (BOTH PLUS AND MINUS)

CAB BATTERY PLUS

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS

STARTER BATTERY PLUS 1

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS

STARTER BATTERY M INUS 1

ONE BATTERY BANK - FOUR BATTERIES
BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN PARALLEL. GEN 3 POWER SUPPLIED FROM
BATTERY CLOSEST TO STARTER WITH CAB POWER. (BOTH PLUS AND MINUS)

CAB BATTERY PLUS

MAG
RELAY

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS

STARTER BATTERY PLUS 1

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS

STARTER BATTERY M INUS 1

TWO BATTERY BANKS - TWO BATTERIES PER BANK WITH DISCONNECT
BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN PARALLEL BY PAIRS - DISCONNECT FOR CAB AND VEHICLE START DISCONNECTED PAIR PROVIDES "DEEP DISCHARGE" CAB COMFORT AND ENTERTAINMENT CAPABILITY.
GEN 3 POWER SUPPLIED FROM BATTERY SET CLOSEST TO STARTER AND COMMON TO CAB POWER

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest

Preferred +12 Volt Connections
GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS
GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS

STARTER BATTERY PLUS

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

STARTER BATTERY MINUS

BATTERY M INUS

VEHICLE BATTERY MINUS

TWO BATTERY BANKS - BATTERY NEGATIVE DISCONNECT SWITCH
BATTERIES ARE DISCONNECTED AT POWER DOWN WHEN VEHICLE STORED INSIDE. GEN 3 POWE R SUPPLIED FROM BATTERY
CLOSEST TO THE STARTER. NEGATIVE CONNECTION AT POINT OF VEHICLE CABLE CONNECTION TO DISCONNECT SWITCH

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS

POWER
DISTRIBUTION
MODULE
(POWER BUS AND
OVER CURRENT
DEVICES)
STARTER BATTERY PLUS

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS

STARTER BATTERY MINUS

POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE
BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN PARALLEL, POWER PLUS AND MINUS CONNECTED ON BATTERY CLOSEST TO THE
STARTER. CABLES SIZE AND LENGTH OPTIMIZED FOR LOW VOLTAGE DROP

CAB BATTERY PLUS
GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS

Starter Battery Plus

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

STARTER

STARTER BATTERY MINUS

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS

STARTER BATTERY CONNECTION
GEN 3 POWER PLUS AND MINUS CONNECTED ON BATTERY CLOSEST TO THE STARTER.

CAB BATTERY PLUS

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY PLUS
STARTER BATTERY PLUS 1

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY MINUS
STARTER BATTERY MINUS 1

ONE BATTERY BANK - TWO BATTERIES
BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN PARALLEL. GEN 3 POWER SUPPLIED FROM
BATTERY CLOSEST TO STARTER WITH CAB POWER. (BOTH PLUS AND MINUS)

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest | Electrical Pretest Procedures

Preferred +24 Volt Connections
STARTER BATTERY PLUS
2

STARTER BATTERY PLUS
1
GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
PLUS

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
MINUS

STARTER BATTERY MINUS
1

STARTER BATTERY MINUS
2

TWO BATTERY BANKS - TWO BATTERIES IN SERIES PER BANK - DUAL JUMPERS TO
STARTER
BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES/PARALLEL BY PAIRS. GEN 3 POWER
SUPPLIED BY BATTERY CLOSEST TO STARTER (BOTH PLUS AND MINUS)

CAB BATTERY
PLUS
GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
PLUS
STARTER BATTERY PLUS
1

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
MINUS
STARTER BATTERY MINUS
1

ONE BATTERY BANK - FOUR BATTERIES - ONE CABLE PAIR TO STARTER
BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES/PARALLEL BY PAIRS. GEN 3 POWER
SUPPLIED FROM BATTERY CLOSEST TO STARTER WITH CAB POWER. (BOTH PLUS
AND MINUS)

CAB BATTERY
PLUS

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY

MAG
RELAY

PLUS
STARTER BATTERY
PLUS
1

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
MINUS

STARTER BATTERY MINUS
1

TWO BATTERY BANKS - TWO BATTERIES PER BANK WITH DISCONNECT
BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES/PARALLEL BY PAIRS - DISCONNECT FOR CAB AND VEHICLE
START - DISCONNECTED PAIR PROVIDES "DEEP DISCHARGE" CAB COMFORT AND ENTERTAINMENT
CAPABILITY. GEN 3 POWER SUPPLIED FROM BATTERY SET CLOSEST TO STARTER AND COMMON TO
CAB POWER

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest

Preferred +24 Volt Connections
GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
MINUS
GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
PLUS

STARTER BATTERY
PLUS

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

STARTER BATTERY
MINUS
VEHICLE BATTERY
MINUS

BATTERY
MINUS

TWO BATTERY BANKS - BATTERY NEGATIVE DISCONNECT SWITCH
BATTERIES ARE DISCONNECTED AT POWER DOWN WHEN VEHICLE STORED INSIDE. GEN 3 POWER SUPPLIED FROM BATTERY
CLOSEST TO THE STARTER. NEGATIVE CONNECTION AT POINT OF VEHICLE CABLE CONNECTION TO DISCONNECT SWITCH

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
PLUS

POWER
DISTRIBUTION
MODULE
(POWER BUS AND
OVER CURRENT
DEVICES)
STARTER BATTERY
PLUS

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

BATTERY

12 VOLT

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
MINUS
STARTER BATTERY
MINUS

POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE
BATTERIES ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES/PARALLEL, POWER PLUS AND MINUS CONNECTED ON BATTERY CLOSEST TO THE
STARTER. CABLES SIZE AND LENGTH OPTIMIZED FOR LOW VOLTAGE DROP

CAB BATTERY
PLUS
STARTER BATTERY
PLUS

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
PLUS

STARTER

GEN 3 ECU BATTERY
MINUS

STARTER BATTERY
MINUS

STARTER BATTERY CONNECTION
GEN 3 POWER PLUS AND MINUS CONNECTED ON BATTERY CLOSEST TO THE STARTER.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest | Electrical Pretest Procedures

TECU Ignition Circuit
2.

1.
J1

4.
37
13

14
35

38
21

22
36

1. TECU connector (vehicle interface)
2. 10 AMP only, manual resetting circuit breaker OR
10 AMP fuse
3. Ignition Key Switch
Note: Run to main power lead that feeds the ignition
bus (OEM responsible for overcurrent protection
on this line)
4. TECU Connector (vehicle interface) front view

From

J1-35

VIGN

Battery and ignition power and ground to the TECU must
not be switched off during the engine start process.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest

J1939 Data Link

3.
J1939 High
J1939 Low

E
F

G
H

+ Battery
C

D
B

10
11

F
G
A

2.
1.

1. TECU connector (vehicle interface)
2. J1587 Data Link
3. 9-Way, for transmission diagnostics

J1939 Troubleshooting
1. Check the resistance of the J1939 Data Link.
2. Key off. Measure resistance between the 9-way
diagnostic connector Pin C and Pin D and record
the reading. The reading should be 60 ohms of
resistance (between 50 and 70.)
3. Check resistance between Pin C and Pin A and the
resistance between Pin D and Pin A. These two
readings should be 10K ohms or greater (open circuit).
Note: Pin C = J1939+, Pin D = J1939-, Pin A is a chassis ground
•

2016.01.15

If an Inactive data link fault code is being reported
by the TECU, See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode”
on page 11. PDM should be utilized before any further steps are taken.

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest | Electrical Pretest Procedures

Electrical Pretest

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the
batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key off.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

2. Remove and clean all battery and battery-to-frame
connections.

2. Key on.

3. Remove and clean ground supply to engine ECU.

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

4. Inspect starter/battery and inline 30 amp fuse
holder connections for corrosion or damaged contacts.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

5. Measure voltage across batteries.

VOLTS

• If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12- volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24 volt system, refer to OEM
guidelines for battery load test. Repair or
replace batteries as required. Go to Step B.

COM

Battery Negative Post

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

Transmission ECU
Batteries

–

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

30 AMP fuse
–

• If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to Transmission Electrical Control Unit (TECU). Repeat test.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat this step.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Electrical Pretest

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

Warning: Do not load test at the diagnostic port.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

2016.01.15

4-way

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
test complete.

• If voltage is outside of range, Repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

Power-Up Sequence Test | Electrical Pretest Procedures

TRTS0930

Power-Up Sequence Test
Overview
This test does not relate to any specific fault code, but must
be completed if the self check fails at power-up.

Detection
The TECU checks the program memory every time the key
is turned on.

Fallback
This causes an In-Place fallback while moving and a
self-check failure if it occurs during power-up.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

•

Vehicle Harness

•

Shift Control Device

•

TECU

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Test

Component Identification

2.
VOLUME
CONTROL

R
N

SERVICE

D
H

SHIFT

L
Eaton Fuller
Transmissions

1. Side view of pushbutton shift control
2. Transmission controller 30-way connector
3. Top view of pushbutton shift control
4. Eaton Cobra Lever

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Power-Up Sequence Test | Electrical Pretest Procedures

Power-Up Sequence Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Remove and clean all battery and battery-to- frame
connections.
3. Remove and clean ground supply to engine ECU.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning: Do not load test at the diagnostic port.
• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.

4. Inspect starter/battery and inline 30-amp fuse
holder connections for corrosion or damaged contacts.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

5. Measure voltage across batteries.
• If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat this step.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the
batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step E.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair Ignition
power supply to ECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.
• If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Test

Purpose: Visually identify if the vehicle is equipped
with a shift lever or push button.

1. Is vehicle equipped with an Shift Lever?

Purpose: Visually observe the Service light during
key-on power up.

1. Key on.

• If vehicle is not equipped with a Shift Lever, go
to Step F.

2. Observe Service light.
Note: If Service light is flashing, go to Diagnostics
Procedure.

• If vehicle is equipped with a Shift Lever, go to
Step K.

• If Service light illuminates for 1 second and
turns off, test complete.
• If Service light never lights, go to Step H.
• If Service light is on steady, replace Shift Control. Go to Step V.

Purpose: Visually identify if the push button is an
Eaton built push button or an OEM built J1939
push button.

1. Is it an Eaton Push Button or OEM J1939 Shift
Device?
• If an Eaton Push Button Shift Control, go to
Step G.
• If an OEM J1939 Shift Device, refer to OEM for
troubleshooting procedures.

Purpose: Measure the voltage supply at the Shift
Control device.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect Shift Control 30-way connector.
3. Key on.
4. Measure voltage between Pin C1 and Pin J3 on the
Shift Control 30-way.
• If voltage is within 1 volt of battery voltage
replace Shift Control. Go to Step V.
• If voltage is outside of range, go to Step I.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Power-Up Sequence Test | Electrical Pretest Procedures

Purpose: Verify that a proper ground path is being
supplied to the Shift Control Device through the Vehicle Harness and test for a short to ground.

Purpose: Visually identify if the shift lever is an Eaton built shift lever or an OEM built shift lever.

1. Is vehicle equipped with an Eaton supplied Shift
Lever or an OEM supplied Shift Lever.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

• If Eaton Cobra Lever, go to Step L.

3. Disconnect 38-way Vehicle Harness from TECU.

• If OEM Shift Lever, go to Step R.

4. Measure resistance between TECU Pin 25 and Shift
Control connector Pin J3 and from then from Pin
J3 to ground.
• If resistance from Pin 25 to J3 is
0 to 0.3 ohms and resistance from J3 to
ground is OL / Open, go to Step J.
• If resistance is outside of range, repair the
Vehicle Harness. Go to Step V.

Purpose: Visually observe the Service light during
key-on power up.

1. Key on.
2. Observe Service light.
Note: If Service light is flashing, See “Diagnostic
Procedures” on page 3.

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the ignition
voltage supply wire to the Shift Control Device
through the Vehicle Harness and test for a short to
ground.

• If Service light illuminates for 1 second and
turns off, test complete.
• If Service light never comes on, go to Step O.
• If Service light is on steady, go to Step M.

1. Measure resistance between TECU Pin 31 and Shift
Control connector Pin C1 and then from Pin C1 to
ground.
• If resistance from Pin 31 to C1 is 0 to 0.3
ohms and resistance from C1 to ground is 10K
or OL, replace the TECU. Go to Step V.
• If resistance is outside of range, repair the
Vehicle Harness. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Test

Purpose: Measure the voltage supply to the Service
light during key-on power up.

1. Disconnect Shift Lever 8-way connector.

1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Disconnect Shift Lever 8-way connector.

3. Measure voltage at Pin 6 and ground.

3. Key on.

• If voltage is within 2 volts of battery voltage for
one second, then 0 volts, replace the Eaton
Cobra Lever. Go to Step V.

4. Measure voltage between Pin 3 and Pin 6.
• If within 1 volt of battery replace Eaton Cobra
Lever, go to Step V.

• If voltage is constant, go to Step N.

• If voltage is outside of range, go to Step N.

Purpose: - Test the Service light voltage supply for
short to power through the Vehicle Harness.

Purpose: Verify that a proper ground path is being
supplied to the Shift Lever through the Vehicle Harness and test for a short to ground.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative cable.

1. Key off

3. Disconnect 38-way Vehicle Harness connector.

2. Disconnect 38-way Vehicle Harness connector on
TECU.

4. Measure resistance between Pin 6 and Pin 4.
• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

3. Measure resistance between Pin 3 on the 8-way
connector and Pin 25 on the 38-way connector and
from Pin 25 to ground.

Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K, repair the Vehicle Harness and go to Step V.

2016.01.15

Note: On Peterbilt disconnect Gear Display,
• If resistance between Pin 3 and Pin 25 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and resistance from Pin 25 to
ground is OL, go to Step Q.
• If resistance is outside of range, repair the
Vehicle Harness between the Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 25 and Vehicle Harness
8-way connector Pin 3. Go to Step V.

TRTS0930

Power-Up Sequence Test | Electrical Pretest Procedures

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the ignition
voltage supply to the Shift Lever through the Vehicle Harness and test for a short to ground.

Purpose: Measure the voltage supply to the Service
light during key-on power up.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.

2. Locate Service light connector on Vehicle Harness.

2. Measure resistance between:
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 31 and
Vehicle Harness 8-way connector Pin 4
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 31 and
ground

3. Key on.
4. Measure voltage across Pin A and Pin B on the Service light connector

• If resistance between Pin 31 and Pin 4 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and if resistance between Pin 31 and
ground is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

• If voltage is within 2 volts of battery voltage for
1 second, then 0 volts, test complete.
• If no voltage is measured, go to Step S.
• If voltage is within 2 volts of battery voltage
continuously, go to Step T.

Go to Step V.
• If any of the above conditions are not met,
replace the Vehicle Harness between Vehicle
Harness 38-way connector Pin 31 and Vehicle
Harness 8-way connector Pin 4. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Electrical Pretest Procedures | Power-Up Sequence Test

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the service
light supply wire to the Shift Lever through the Vehicle Harness and test for a short to ground.

Purpose: Test for a short to power at the Shift Lever Service light.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Disconnect TECU 38-way connector.

3. Disconnect 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance from Pin A of the OEM connector to Pin 23 of the 38-way and from Pin 23 to
ground.

4. Measure voltage across Service light connector Pin
A and Pin B.
• If no voltage is measured, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

• If resistance from Pin A to Pin 23 is 0 to 0.3
ohms and resistance to ground is 10K or
greater, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

Go to Step V.
• If voltage is within 2 volts of battery voltage,
repair Vehicle Harness as required. Go to Step
V.

Go to Step V.
• If resistance is outside of range, repair the
Vehicle Harness and go to Step V.

Purpose: Verify that the system will properly power
up.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
• If Power-Up Sequence Test completes, test
complete.
• If Power-Up Sequence Test fails go to Step A.
find error in testing.

2016.01.15

Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation
J1939: SA 3
J1587: MID130

SPN 629
PID

FMI 12
FMI 12

Overview
This fault code indicates an internal failure of the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU).

Detection
The TECU checks the program memory every time the key
is turned on and throughout operation. If the TECU is able
to detect a failure within its own memory, it sets this fault
code.

Fallback
This fault causes a vehicle In Place fallback while moving
and a self-check failure if it occurs during power-up.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by the following:
•

TECU

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation

Component Identification

1.
1. TECU

2016.01.15

Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing”
on page 5.
• If Fault Code 11 is Active, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
• If Fault Code 11 is Inactive, test complete.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 11 - No TECU Operation

Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration
J1939: SA 3

SPN 629

FMI 13,14

Overview
This fault code indicates the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) is not reading valid information from memory, including the transmission table and calibration values.

Detection
The TECU checks the configuration every time the key is
turned on. If the transmission is not able to detect the
proper configuration, it sets this fault code.

Fallback
This fault causes a power up no crank.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by the following:
•

Improper TECU configuration software

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration

Component Identification

1.
1. TECU

2016.01.15

Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing”
on page 5.
• If Fault Code 12 is Active, Customer - Call
Eaton at 1-800-826-HELP (4357). CSC - Call
Technician Service.
• If Fault Code 12 is Inactive, test complete.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 12 - Improper ECU Configuration

Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device
J1587: MID130
J1939: SA 3

PID 231
SPN751

FMI 8, 11
FMI 8, 11

Overview
This fault indicates communication has been lost, or does
not correspond with the neutral request input from the
J1939 Shift Device.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code, See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly monitors
communication with the J1939 Shift Device. If a neutral
request from the J1939 Shift Device does not match the
neutral signal or is not received from the J1939 Shift
Device, Fault Code 13 is set.

Fallback
This fault causes a downshift-only fallback. Once the transmission re-engages the start gear, there will be no upshifts
as long as the code is active.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by the following:

•

OEM J1939 Shift Control Device

•

Vehicle Harness

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device

Component Identification

1.
2.
J1

16
17

J1939
4.

5.
1. TECU Connector (vehicle interface)
2. Bulkhead connector located at firewall
3. OEM J1939 Shift Device
4. Battery Power (Non-switches power run to battery
or starter)
5. Switched Power

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device

Purpose: Verify continuity of Neutral Request Signal wire

1. Key off.

Purpose: Verify continuity of Neutral Request Return wire

1. Measure resistance between 38-way connector Pin
17 and corresponding OEM pin at J1939 Shift
Device and Pin 17 and ground (see OEM wiring for
correct pin location).

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between 38-way connector Pin
16 and corresponding OEM pin at J1939 Shift
Device and Pin 16 and ground (see OEM wiring for
correct pin location)

OHMS

14
35

COM

38
22

J1939

COM

14
35

COM

38
21

22
36

38
21

22
36

• If resistance is 0 to 0.3 ohms between Pin 16
and the corresponding OEM pin and resistance
to ground is 10K ohms or greater, go to Step
B.

• If resistance is 0 to 0.3 ohms between Pin 17
and the corresponding OEM pin and resistance
to ground is 10K ohms or greater, problem
exists with the J1939 Shift Device, or J1939
Shift Device power, ground or data link wiring.
Contact your OEM for repair strategy. Go to
Step V.

• If resistance is out of range, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness

• If resistance is out of range, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

Go to Step V.

OHMS

23
13

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 13 - J1939 Shift Control Device

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no fault codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 13 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If fault code other than 13 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

2016.01.15

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl) | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl)
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 18, 19
SPN 751

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the Eaton
Cobra Lever or OEM Shift Lever.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key on and throughout operation the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly monitors the
signal from the Park Pawl Position Sensor. The transmission monitors both sensor signals, if one signal to the TECU
is out of range the code will set.

Fallback
This fault may cause a downshift only fallback mode. The
transmission will re-engage the start gear when returned to
a stop, but will not upshift as long as the code is active.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

•

Eaton Cobra Lever or OEM Shift Lever

•

Vehicle Harness

•

TECU

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl)

Component Identification

1.
1. Eaton Cobra Lever 8-way connector
2. TECU 38-way connector

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl) | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl)

Purpose: Visually identify the lever type: Eaton or
OEM manufactured.

1. Is vehicle equipped with an Eaton supplied Shift
Lever or an OEM supplied Shift Lever?
• If Eaton Cobra Lever, go to Step B.

Purpose: Verify continuity of auto mode input wire.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect TECU 38-way connector.

• If OEM Shift Lever, contact OEM for troubleshooting procedures.

4. Remove tester from Shift Lever 8-way connector.
5. Measure resistance between:
- ECU 38-way Pin 15 and Shift Lever 8-way connector Pin 1
- ECU 38-way connector Pin 15 and ground
OHMS

Purpose: Install the Shift Lever tester and monitor
Transmission Range in ServiceRanger. Utilize the
Shift Lever Tester to verify transmission-lever interface.

COM

37
1

2
3
4

7
6

14
35

38
22

21
36

OHMS

1. Key off.
V

COM

2. Disconnect Shift Lever 8-way connector.
37

3. Connect Shift Lever tester to the 8-way Shift Lever
harness.

14
35

38
22

21
36

4. Connect ServiceRanger, a PC-based Service Tool,
to diagnostic port.
• If resistance between Pin 15 and Pin 1 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and resistance between Pin 15 and
ground is 10K ohm or greater, go to Step D.

5. Key on.
6. Select Monitor Data.
7. Observe transmission range selected.
• If transmission range selected equals neutral,
replace Cobra Lever (only if fault code is
Active). Go to Step V.

• If any of the above conditions are not met,
repair the OEM Vehicle Harness between the
TECU and the Eaton Cobra Lever.
Go to Step V.

• If transmission range selected does not equal
neutral, go to Step C.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl)

Purpose: Verify continuity of manual mode input
wire.

Purpose: Verify continuity of common ground
wire.

1. Key off.

2. Measure resistance between:
- TECU 38-way Pin 16 and Shift Lever 8-way connector Pin 8
- TECU 38-way connector Pin 16 and ground

2. Measure resistance between:
- TECU 38-way Pin 17 and Shift Lever
8-way connector Pin 2
- TECU 38-way connector Pin 17 and ground
OHMS

OHMS

COM

37
1

14
35

COM

22
36

14
35

38
22

21
36

OHMS

37
13

14
35

2016.01.15

OHMS

COM

38
21

22
36

14
35

38
21

22
36

• If resistance between Pin 16 and Pin 8 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and resistance between Pin 16 and
ground is 10K ohm or greater, go to Step E.

• If resistance between Pin 17 and Pin 2 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and resistance between Pin 17 and
ground is 10K ohm or greater, go to Step F.

• If any of the above conditions are not met,
repair the Vehicle Harness between the Eaton
Cobra Lever and TECU. Go to Step V.

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl) | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Check for short circuits in the shift lever
wiring.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.

2. Measure resistance between:
- Pin 15 and Pin 16 on the TECU 38-way connector.
- Pin 15 and Pin 17 on the TECU 38-way connector.
- Pin 16 and Pin 17 on the TECU 38-way connector.

2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.

37
13

14
35

4. Clear codes, See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.

OHMS

3. Key on.

COM

5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.

COM

21
36

14
35

7
1

38
21

6. Check for codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.

• If no codes, test complete.

OHMS

37
13

14
35

COM

• If code 14 appears, go to Step A. to find error
in testing.

38
22

21
36

• If code other than 14 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

• If resistance on all three is 10K ohm or greater,
replace Shift Lever and go to Step V.
• If any of the three readings is less than 10K
ohm, repair the Vehicle Harness between the
Eaton Cobra Lever and TECU. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (without Park Pawl)

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (with Park Pawl) | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (with Park Pawl)
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 18, 19
SPN

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5

Overview
This fault code indicates a possible failure of the Park Pawl
Position Sensor or OEM circuit. The sensor is a 4 wire dual
hall effect device. When troubleshooting an Inactive code
See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Fallback
This fault code will cause the transmission to be stuck in
the last known selected position. If the code comes active
while in gear, the transmission will a down shift only fallback mode. The transmission will re-engage the start gear
when returned to a stop, but will not upshift as long as the
code is Active.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

•

Vehicle Harness

•

Park Pawl Position Sensor

•

TECU

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (with Park Pawl)

Component Identification

3.
1.
2.

DEUTSCH
X

15
16

4
3

4.
29

37
13

14
35

34
28

38
21

22
36

1. Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector
2. 4-Pin Park Pawl Position Sensor Connector
(DTM06-4S)
3. Park Pawl Position Sensor
4. TECU Connector Front View (Vehicle Interface)

2016.01.15

4-Way Pin#

38-Way PIN#

Type

Ground

5 Volt Reference

Signal 1

Signal 2

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (will show “F” in display) | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (will show “F” in display)

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes,
noting FMI.

Purpose: Perform Park Pawl Position Sensor calibration.

1. Key on.

1. Perform Park Pawl Position Sensor calibration

2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the
9-way diagnostic connector.

2. Key on.
3. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

• If Fault Code 14 FMI 2 is active, go to Step B.

• If Fault Code 14 FMI 2 is Inactive, go to Step
V.

• If Fault Code 14 FMI 3, 4 or 5 is active, go to
Step D.

• If Fault Code 14 FMI 2 is Active, replace Park
Pawl Position Sensor. go to Step V.

• If Fault Code 14 is Inactive, See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Purpose: Perform Shift Cable Adjustment procedure.

Purpose: Measure voltage at the Park Pawl Position Sensor.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Perform shift cable adjustment procedure per OEM
guidelines.
3. Key on.
4. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

2. Disconnect the Park Pawl Position Sensor 4-way
connector.
3. Key on.
4. At the Park Pawl Position Sensor 4-way connector,
measure voltage between Pin 1 and Pin 2.

• If Fault Code 14 FMI 2 is Inactive, go to Step
V.
• If Fault Code 14 FMI 2 is Active, go to Step C.

• If 4.5 to 5.5 volts, go to Step E.
• If less than 4.5 volts, go to Step G.
• If greater than 5.5 volts, Repair the Vehicle
Harness for short to power per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (will show “F” in display)

Purpose: Verify continuity of Park Pawl Sensor signal wire.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect Park Pawl Position Sensor 4-way connector.

3. Disconnect TECU 38-way Transmission Harness
connector.

4. Measure resistance between Pin 15 and Pin 4.

4. Measure resistance between Pin 16 and Pin 3.

5. Measure resistance between Pin 15 and Ground.

5. Measure resistance between Pin 16 and Ground.

• If resistance is 0.0 to 0.3 ohms between Pin 15
and Pin 4 and OL (open circuit) between Pin15
and Ground, go to Step F.
• If resistance is greater than 0.3 ohms or OL
(open circuit) between Pin 15 and Pin 4 or
indicates resistance (short to ground) between
Pin 15 and Ground, repair Vehicle Harness for
excessive resistance, open or short to ground
per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

• If resistance is 0.0 to 0.3 ohms between Pin 16
and Pin 3 and OL (open circuit) between Pin
16 and Ground, replace the Park Pawl Position Sensor. Go to Step V.
• If resistance is greater than 0.3 ohms or OL
(open circuit) between Pin 16 and Pin 3 or
indicates resistance (short to ground) between
Pin 16 and Ground, repair the Vehicle Harness
for excessive resistance, open or short to
ground per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (will show “F” in display) | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Verify continuity of Park Pawl Sensor
ground wire.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify continuity of Park Pawl Sensor
voltage supply wire.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect Park Pawl Position Sensor 4-way connector.

3. Disconnect TECU 38-way Transmission Harness
connector.

4. Measure resistance between Pin 17 and Pin 1.

4. Measure resistance between Pin 31 and Pin 2.

5. Measure resistance between Pin 17 and Ground.

5. Measure resistance between Pin 31 and Ground.

• If resistance is 0.0 to 0.3 ohms between Pin 17
and Pin 1 and OL (open circuit) between Pin
17 and Ground, go to Step H.
• If resistance is greater than 0.3 ohms or OL
(open circuit) between Pin 17 and Pin 1, or
indicates resistance (short to ground) between
Pin 17 and Ground, repair the Vehicle Harness
for excessive resistance, open or short to
ground per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

• If resistance is 0.0 to 0.3 ohms between Pin 31
and Pin 2 and OL (open circuit) between Pin
31 and Ground, (if fault code active) replace
the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
go to Step V.
• If resistance is greater than 0.3 ohms or OL
(open circuit) between Pin 31 and Pin 2, or
indicates resistance (short to ground) between
Pin 31 and Ground, repair the Vehicle Harness
for excessive resistance, open or short to
ground per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 14 - Invalid Shift Lever Voltage (will show “F” in display)

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset code.
6. Check for codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no codes, test complete
• If Fault Code 14 sets, go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If code other than Fault Code 14 sets, See
“Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index” on
page 8.

2016.01.15

Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 18
SPN 751

FMI 9
FMI 9

Overview
Controller Area Network (CAN) is a high-speed twisted pair
500K proprietary data link with one 120 ohm resistor at
each end of the link. The Transmission Electronic Control
Unit (TECU) is connected to the CAN data link at the 38-way
connector. This link is used to transmit information to the
TECU as well as communicate or receive data from the
other modules on the network like the HIL Shift Device. See
“Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
Fault Code 15 is set when the TECU fails to receive Shift
Device data for 5 continuous seconds, and it is still communicating with other modules on CAN.

Fallback
This fault causes a downshift only fallback while moving.
Once the transmission re-engages the start gear, there will
be no upshifts as long as the code is active. If the code is
active during power-up a flashing F will appear on the gear
display and the TECU will not engage a gear.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

•

CAN data link

•

HIL Shift Device

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration

Component Identification

28
27

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

HIL Data Link

F1
F2

Shift control
30-way connector

Vehicle bulkhead
connector
Shift Control ECU Legend
All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(28, 27) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration

Purpose: Check for active and Inactive fault codes
and perform electrical pretest.

Purpose: Measure voltage supply to Push Button
Shift Controller (PBSC).

1. Key on.

1. Disconnect Shift Control 30-way connector.

2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

2. Key on.

3. Perform electrical pretest, see “Electrical Pretest”
on page 12.

3. Measure voltage on 30-way connector Pin J3 and
Pin C1

• If no fault codes found during the electrical
pretest and:
- if equipped with a Push Button Shift Control,
go to Step B.
- if equipped with a Cobra Lever or an OEM
shift device, configure the Driver Interface
Type to the correct shift device type with
ServiceRanger. Go to Step V.

Volts

COM

K
J
H

• If issue was repaired during electrical pretest,
go to Step V.

G
F

E
D
C
B
A

Purpose: Visually inspect vehicle bulkhead connection (if equipped).

1. Key off.
2. Inspect Bulkhead Connector for looseness, corrosion and contamination.
• If Bulkhead Connector is found in serviceable
condition, go to Step C.

• If voltage is within 1.2 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.
• If out of range, go to Step F.

• If looseness, corrosion, or contamination is
found at the Bulkhead Connector, repair or
replace connector per OEM instructions. Go to
Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration

Purpose: Measure signal voltages on HIL.

Purpose: Confirm the presence of terminating resistors in the HIL.

1. Disconnect Shift Control 30-way connector.

1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Measure resistance between Pin F1 and Pin F2 on
the Shift Controller 30-way connector.

3. Measure voltage on the Shift Controller 30-way
connector pins:
- J3 and F1
- J3 and F2

Ohms

COM

Volts

J
H
G
V

COM

K
J
H
G
E

D
C
B
A
E
D
C
B
A
3

Note: Ensure key is off for a minimum of 2 minutes
before proceeding. If unsure, disconnect battery power or remove the 30-amp inline fuse.
• If both readings are between 2-3 volts, go to
Step E.
• If any of the above requirements are not met,
go to Step H.

• If resistance between Pin F1 and Pin F2 is
110-130 ohms, replace Push Button Shift
Control (only if fault code is Active). Go to
Step V.
• If any of the above requirements are not met,
go to Step H.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Verify continuity of ground supply to
PBSC and test for short to ground.

Purpose: Verify continuity of power supply to
PBSC and test for short to ground.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Measure resistance between:
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin C1 and Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 31.
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin C1 and
ground.

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.
Note: On Peterbilt, disconnect Gear Display.
4. Measure resistance between:

OHMS

K
V

COM

OHMS

COM

B
A

A
3

COM

OHMS

1
V

37
13

14
35

38
35

34
28

COM

38
21

22
36

- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin J3 and Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 25
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin J3 and
ground.
• If resistance between Pin J3 and Pin 25 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and if resistance between Pin J3 and
ground is OL, go to Step G.

• If resistance between Pin C1 and Pin 31 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and resistance between Pin C1 and
ground is OL, go to Step H.
• If any of the above conditions are not met,
repair the Vehicle Harness between the Shift
Control and TECU. Go to Step V.

• If any of the above conditions are not met,
repair the Vehicle Harness between the Shift
Control and TECU. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration

Purpose: Verify continuity of HIL(+) connection to
the PBSC.

Purpose: Verify continuity of HIL (-) connection to
the PBSC.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Measure resistance between:
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin F2 and Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 27
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin F2 and
ground

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between:
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin F1 and Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 28.
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin F1 and
ground.
• If resistance between Pin F1 and Pin 28 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and if resistance between Pin F1 and
ground is OL, go to Step I.
• If any of the above conditions are not met,
repair the Vehicle Harness between the Shift
Control and TECU. Go to Step V.

OHMS

K
J

H
V

COM

E
D

C
B

A
3

OHMS

37
13

14
35

COM

38
21

22
36

• If resistance between Pin F2 and Pin 27 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and resistance between Pin F2 and
ground is OL.
If fault code is Active replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
• If any of the above conditions are not met,
repair the Vehicle Harness between the Shift
Control and TECU. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Key on.
3. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
4. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
5. Driving Vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no Fault Codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 15 appears, go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If fault code other than 15 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 15 - HIL Shift Device Configuration

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL) | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 248
SPN 625

FMI 2
FMI 2

Overview
This fault code indicates the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) is unable to communicate with the Push
Button Shift Control.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the TECU constantly monitors the communication with the Push Button
Shift Control. If a communication fault occurs for more than
5 seconds, Fault Code 16 is set.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

•

Vehicle Harness

•

TECU

•

Push Button Shift Control

•

Charging system

•

Low batteries

•

Corroded or loose power supply to TECU

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)

Component Identification

28
27

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

HIL Data Link

F1
F2

Shift control
30-way connector

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL) | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)

Purpose: Check for active and Inactive fault codes
and perform electrical pretest.

Purpose: Measure voltage supply to Push Button
Shift Controller (PBSC).

1. Key on.

1. Disconnect Shift Control 30-way connector.

2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

2. Key on.

3. Perform electrical pretest, see “Electrical Pretest”
on page 12.

3. Measure voltage on 30-way connector Pin J3 and
Pin C1

Volts

COM

K
J
H

• If issue was repaired during electrical pretest,
go to Step V.

G
F

E
D
C
B
A

Purpose: Visually inspect vehicle bulkhead connection (if equipped).

1. Key off.
2. Inspect Bulkhead Connector for looseness, corrosion and contamination.
• If Bulkhead Connector is found in serviceable
condition, go to Step C.

• If voltage is within 1.2 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.
• If out of range, go to Step F.

• If looseness, corrosion, or contamination is
found at the Bulkhead Connector, repair or
replace connector per OEM instructions. Go to
Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)

Purpose: Measure signal voltages on HIL.

Purpose: Confirm the presence of terminating resistors in the HIL.

1. Disconnect Shift Control 30-way connector.

1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Measure resistance between Pin F1 and Pin F2 on
the Shift Controller 30-way connector.

3. Measure voltage on the Shift Controller 30-way
connector pins:
- J3 and F1
- J3 and F2

Ohms

COM

Volts

J
H
G
V

COM

K
J
H
G
E

D
C
B
A
E
D
C
B
A
3

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL) | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Verify continuity of ground supply to
PBSC and test for short to ground.

Purpose: Verify continuity of power supply to
PBSC and test for short to ground.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Measure resistance between:
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin C1 and Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 31.
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin C1 and
ground.

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.
Note: On Peterbilt, disconnect Gear Display.
4. Measure resistance between:
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin J3 and Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 25.
- Shift Control Shift Control 30-way connector Pin
J3 and ground.

K
K

OHMS

E
V

COM

K
J

J
B

B
A

A
3

OHMS

COM

E
D

A
3

37
13

14
35

OHMS

COM

38
21

14
35

34
28

38
21

22
36

• If resistance between Pin C1 and Pin 31 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and resistance between Pin C1 and
ground is OL, go to Step H.

22
36

• If resistance between Pin J3 and Pin 25 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and if resistance between Pin J3 and
ground is OL, go to Step G.

• If any of the above conditions are not met,
repair the Vehicle Harness between the Shift
Control and TECU. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)

Purpose: Verify continuity of HIL(+) connection to
the PBSC.

Purpose: Verify continuity of HIL (-) connection to
the PBSC.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Measure resistance between:
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin F2 and Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 27
- Shift Control 30-way connector Pin F2 and
ground

OHMS
J

H
V

COM

E
3

OHMS

3
K

A
3

OHMS

E
D

37
13

OHMS
2

COM

38
21

22
36

• If resistance between Pin F2 and Pin 27 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and resistance between Pin F2 and
ground is OL.

22
36

• If resistance between Pin F1 and Pin 28 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and if resistance between Pin F1 and
ground is OL, go to Step I.
• If any of the above conditions are not met,
repair the Vehicle Harness between the Shift
Control and TECU. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

COM

If fault code is Active replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
• If any of the above conditions are not met,
repair the Vehicle Harness between the Shift
Control and TECU. Go to Step V.

Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL) | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no fault codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 16 appears, go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If code other than 16 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 16 - High Integrity Link (HIL)

Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 237
SPN 629

FMI 3, 4
FMI 3, 4

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the relay that
allows the engine to start after startup conditions are met.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
the circuit. A failure mode of short to battery, short to
ground or open circuit is detected.

Fallback
The start enable relay has no fallback; however, if the failure
occurred before the engine was started, it is possible the
engine will not start.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

•

Start Enable Relay

•

Vehicle Harness

•

TECU

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit

Component Identification

26
32
4

Run to
starter solenoid

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Run to start
signal from
ignition switch

30
87
86
85

Start
enable relay

Trans ECU Legend
All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(30, 87) = Switched ignition
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(4-85) = -12 volt relay source
(32-86) = +12 volt relay source

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit

Purpose: Verify SER is correctly wired. Check for
active or Inactive fault codes, noting FMI.

1. Key on.

Purpose: Measure resistance of SER through the
Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.

Note: The SER must be wired according to Eaton
GEN III requirements (shown on previous
page) for tests to work properly. If wired differently, consult OEM for correct wiring schematic.
2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 32 and Pin 4 and measure
resistance between Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 32 and ground.
OHMS

3. What FMIs are present?

• If FMI 14 is present, go to Step B.

14
35

COM

38
22

21
36

• If FMI 3 or 4 are present, go to Step C.

OHMS

37
13

14
35

COM

38
22

21
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Purpose: Visually inspect SER wiring.

1. Inspect OEM SER breakout connector and inspect
for misrouted or defective OEM wiring. Inspect per
OEM guidelines.
• If SER breakout connector is not connected to
SER, repair/replace SER per OEM guidelines.
Go to Step V.

• If resistance between Pin 32 and Pin 4 is 40 to
120 ohms (12-volt system) or 140 to 480
ohms (24-volt system) and resistance between
32 and ground is OL, (if fault code is Active)
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step B.

• If circuit has been bypassed, rewire per OEM
guidelines. Go to Step V.
• If harness is defective, repair the Vehicle Harness per OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 17 - Start Enable Relay (SER) Circuit

Purpose: Measure resistance of SER at the relay.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Remove SER from vehicle dash harness.

1. Key off.

2. Measure resistance between SER Pin 85 and Pin
86.

2. Reconnect all connectors and negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.

OHMS

87
86

87a

4. Clear codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.

85
V

COM

5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.

6. Check for codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no codes, test complete.

• If resistance is 40 to 120 ohms (12-volt system) or 140 to 480 ohms (24-volt system),
repair/replace OEM wiring from TECU to SER.
Go to Step C.

• If Fault Code 17 appears, go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If fault code other than 17 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

• If resistance is outside of range, replace SER.
Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 254
SPN 70

FMI 14
FMI 14

Overview
An auto neutral feature is provided with this transmission
which forces the transmission into neutral in all instances
when the parking brake is applied. The OEM installs a normally closed T pressure switch into the existing air line to
the parking brake valve. The pressure switch output and
return wires are connected to the vehicle interface transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) connector. Consult
OEM for switch location.
This fault code indicates a failure of the switch that reports
engagement of the park brake. When troubleshooting an
Inactive code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on
page 11.

Detection
Fault Code 21 is set if the switch indicates the park brake is
set while the truck is moving for more than 5 seconds, or if
the switch state doesn't match the state broadcast on
J1939, or if the switch is unstable for more than 5 seconds.

Fallback
Remote throttle is disabled, and auto neutral may not work.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

•

Park brake switch

•

Park brake wiring

•

TECU

•

Park brake hardware not installed

•

J1939 reporting error

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch

Component Identification
Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
(Vehicle Interface)

37
13

14
35

Description

From

Pressure Switch Signal Wire

Pin 19

Signal Wire

Pressure Switch Return Wire

Pin 33

Return Wire

2016.01.15

21
36

TRTS0930

Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes
and perform electrical pretest.

Purpose: Remove Park Brake Switch and monitor
Park Brake Switch status in ServiceRanger.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Perform electrical pretest, see “Electrical Pretest”
on page 12.

3. Disconnect the switch.
4. Connect power and key on.
• Status changes to released, repair or replace
switch per OEM instructions. Go to Step V.

• If no issues found during electrical pretest and
the fault is still active, go to Step B.

• Status remains Applied, go to Step D.

• If issue was repaired during electrical pretest,
go to Step V.

Purpose: Monitor park Brake Switch in ServiceRanger.

Purpose: Check for short circuits on Park Brake
Switch Input wiring.

1. Key off.
1. Ensure vehicle park brake is set and vehicle air system is fully charged.
2. Using the Data Monitoring function in ServiceRanger, note the status of the park brake.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness TECU 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between the Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 19 and ground.

• Brake is applied, go to Step C.

• If resistance between Pin 19 and ground is
less than 10K ohm, repair Vehicle Harness per
OEM guidelines. Go to Step V.

• Brake is released, go to Step E.
• Brake is fluctuating between applied and
released, go to Step G.
Note: If Fault Code 21 goes Inactive when park brake is
released, a J1939 reporting error is highly probable.
Seek OEM assistance before proceeding to Step C.

• If resistance between Pin 19 and ground is
greater than 10K ohm or open, (if fault code is
Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch

Purpose: Jump the Park Brake Switch and monitor
Park Brake Switch status in ServiceRanger.

Purpose: Verify continuity of Park Brake switch
status in ServiceRanger.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Bypass the switch by placing a jumper at the switch
connections.

3. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness TECU 38-way connector.

4. Connect power and key on.

4. Measure resistance between the Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 33 and Pin 19.

• Status changed to Applied, repair or replace
switch per OEM instructions. Go to Step V.
Note: The requirement is for a “normally
closed” switch. If the park brake status
consistently reports contrary values, a
“normally open switch” was possibly
installed in error.
• Status remains Released, go to Step F.

• If resistance is greater than 0.3 ohms, repair
the Vehicle Harness per OEM guidelines. Go to
Step V.
• If resistance is 0 to 0.3 ohms, (if fault code is
Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Monitor Park Brake Switch status in ServiceRanger.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.

3. Disconnect the switch.

3. Key on.

4. Connect power and key on.
• Status changed to Released, repair or replace
switch per OEM instructions. Go to Step V.
• Status continues changing states, go to Step
H.

4. Clear fault codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the fault code.
6. Check for codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 21 appears, go to Step A. to find
error in testing.

Purpose: Check for short circuits in the shift lever
wiring.

• If fault code other than 21 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between the Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 33 and Pin 19 and measure
the resistance between Pin 19 and ground.
• If resistance between Pin 33 and ground or
between Pin 33 and Pin 19 is less than 10K
ohm, repair the Vehicle Harness per OEM
guidelines. Go to Step V.
• If resistance between Pin 33 and ground and
between Pin 33 and Pin 19 are OL, (if fault
code is Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 21 - Auto Neutral Park Brake Switch

Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 254
SPN 563

FMI 9, 14
FMI 9, 14

Overview
J1939 is a high-speed twisted pair 250K baud data link with
one 120 ohm resistor at each end of the link. The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) is connected to the
J1939 data link at the 38-way vehicle connector. This link is
used to transmit information to the TECU as well as communicate or receive data from the other modules on the
network like the ABS module. When troubleshooting an
Inactive code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on
page 11.

Detection
Fault Code 22 is detected if J1939 communication from the
ABS is lost for 5 seconds and other devices are present on
J1939.

Fallback
No Fallback mode; however, Hill Start Aid (HSA) will not
function, and the system may attempt a shift during wheel
slip events.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

•

J1939 datalink

•

ABS module

•

ABS module does not support HSA or is not
configured with HSA

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault

Component Identification
Transmission ECU

+J1939

–J1939

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

ABS ECM
A

Shield

Typical J1939/11 data link harness
(OEM supplied)

2016.01.15

Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.
Contact the vehicle OEM for further directions.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector
• If Fault Code 22 is Active, repair ABS module
or data link per OEM guidelines.
• If Fault Code 22 is Inactive, test complete.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 22 - ABS CAN Message Fault

TRTS0930

Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 55
SPN 522

FMI 10
FMI 10

Overview

Fallback

This fault code indicates the clutch is not performing as
expected. The transmission controller detected excessive
clutch slip.

This fault causes a downshift only fallback. Once the vehicle
is stopped, starting gear and reverse gear can be engaged;
however, the fault will clear at power down. Upshifts will be
allowed until the fault is detected again.

Detection
When the transmission is in gear and the clutch is fully
engaged, engine speed and input shaft speed are compared. If the engine speed is significantly different from the
input shaft speed for a period of one to two seconds, the
fault code is set.
Clutch Slip Testing
Note: It is recommended that the pilot bearing be replaced
whenever the clutch is replaced.
Note: Refer to Installation Guide TRIG1110 for a list of recommended pilot bearings.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
•

Worn or damaged clutch

•

Clutch abuse

•

Low clutch torque

•

Contaminated clutch disks

Additional Tools
•

Clutch jack

Note: Secondary clutch failures resulting from conditions
such as pilot bearing failures, excessive torsional
vibration, or clutch abuse, are not covered under
warranty.
Note: Record Vehicle Performance Analysis every time a
clutch is replaced.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip

Component Identification

Driven Disc

Driven Disc and
Intermediate Plate

Clutch Assembly

DM Clutch

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip

Purpose: Drive vehicle under load above 1500
RPM. Check for active and Inactive fault codes.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Start engine.

2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.

3. Drive vehicle under load in highest gear possible
with engine speed above 1500 RPM. At a steady
speed, quickly and fully press and hold the throttle.
• If Fault Code 26 is Active, replace clutch. Go to
Step V.
• If Fault Code 26 is Inactive, test complete. Go
to Step V.

3. Key on.
4. Clear fault codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for fault codes, see “Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no fault codes, test complete.
• If fault code 26 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If fault code other than 26 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 26 - Clutch Slip

TRTS0930

Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 55
SPN 788

FMI 7, 13
FMI 7, 13

Overview

Fallback

The fault code indicates that the clutch has not disengaged
as expected.

No gear engagement from neutral if the truck is stationary;
however, if the TECU determines the vehicle is moving, it
will allow a gear engagement from neutral.

Detection
Starting at key on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
engine RPM and idle torque from the engine. If the engine
speed falls significantly below idle or engine torque rises
significantly above idle torque upon engaging a start gear,
the fault is set. If the vehicle is brought to a stop when in
gear and engine speed falls significantly below idle, the fault
is set.
Clutch Disengagement Test
Note: It is recommended that the pilot bearing be replaced
whenever the clutch is replaced.
Note: Refer to Installation Guide TRIG1110 for a list of recommended pilot bearings.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
•

Failed clutch

•

Clutch thermal abuse

•

Drive Disc Assembly over-speed

•

Pilot Bearing failure

•

Input shaft wear

•

Lack of lube in Release Bearing and Bushing

Additional Tools
•

Clutch jack

Note: Secondary clutch failures resulting from conditions
such as pilot bearing failures, excessive torsional
vibration or clutch abuse are not covered under warranty.
Note: Record Vehicle Performance Analysis every time a
clutch is replaced

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement

Component Identification

Driven Disc

Driven Disc and
Intermediate Plate

Clutch Assembly

DM Clutch

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement

Purpose: Monitor and compare engine speed to
transmission input shaft speed in ServiceRanger.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Start engine.

2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.

3. Confirm transmission is in neutral.
4. Raise engine speed above 1500 RPM and allow
engine to return to idle.
5. Compare engine RPM to input shaft RPM with ServiceRanger, a PC-based Service Tool.
Note: Engine idle must be 700 RPM or lower.
• If the speeds match at idle and Fault Code 27 is
Active, replace the clutch. Go to Step V.

3. Key on.
4. Clear codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for fault codes, “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5

• If they do not match, test complete.

• If Fault Code 27 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If code other than 27 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 27 - Clutch Disengagement

Fault Code 28 - Clutch System | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 28 - Clutch System
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 52, 55
SPN 788

FMI 3, 4, 5, 7
FMI 3, 4, 5, 7

Overview
This fault code indicates either an electrical or mechanical
failure in the WetClutch system.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly monitors
this circuit. A failure mode of short to battery, short to
ground or open circuit is detected.
When the WetClutch is locked after urge to move, engine
speed and input shaft speeds are compared. If the engine
speed is significantly higher than the input shaft speed for a
period of five seconds, the WetClutch is slipping.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode; however, if the failure mode is
open circuit, the engine will be disengaged from the input
shaft.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

•

TECU

•

Transmission Harness

•

Low fluid level

•

WetClutch system

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 28 - Clutch System

Component Identification
Transmission Harness
Transmission ECU

WetClutch Fluid
WetClutch System

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Code 28 - Clutch System | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 28 - Clutch System

Purpose: Check WetClutch fluid level.

Purpose: Verify continuity of the Clutch Lube Solenoid circuit.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Place the transmission in neutral.

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.

3. Allow engine to idle at 700-800 RPM for a minimum of 2 minutes.

3. Disconnect the TECU 30-way connector.

Note: Ensure transmission fluid temperature is 60
to 120 degrees F (16 to 49 degrees C).

4. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 2 and Pin 3 and
between Pin 2 and ground.

4. Check WetClutch fluid level.

OHMS

• If fluid level is at or above the COLD-FULL
mark, go to Step B.

37
13

14
35

• If fluid level is below the COLD-ADD mark,
Correct fluid level, go to Step V..

COM

38
22

21
36

OHMS

COM

Ground

37
13

14
35

38
22

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If the resistance between 2 and 3 is 6.5 to 9.5
ohms and is resistance from Pin 2 to ground is
OL, go to Step C.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step D.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 28 - Clutch System

Purpose: Verify continuity of Clutch Solenoid circuit.

1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 13 and Pin 14 and
between Pin 13 and ground.
OHMS

COM

37
13

Purpose: Verify continuity of hydraulic manifold
circuits.

1. Disconnect Transmission Harness located on left
side of WetClutch housing.
2. Measure resistance between WetClutch housing
connector pins:
- 3 and 4
- 1 and 2

OHMS

21
36

COM

OHMS

COM

Ground
37
13

14
35

38
21

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance between Pin 13 and Pin 14 is 8.5
to 12 ohms and resistance from Pin 13 to
ground is [OL], Replace Transmission (Only if
fault code is Active). Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
D.

2016.01.15

• If the resistance between Pin 1 and Pin 2 is 8.5
to 12 ohms and the resistance between Pin 3
and Pin 4 is 6.5 to 9.5 ohms, go to Step E.
• If resistance is outside of range, replace transmission, Go to Step V.

TRTS0930

Fault Code 28 - Clutch System | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Test the hydraulic manifold wiring for
short circuits.

1. Measure resistance between WetClutch housing
connector pins:
- 3 and ground
- 1 and ground

COM

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.

OHMS

Purpose: Verify repair.

COM

5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.

GROUND

• If no codes, test complete.
• If code 28 appears go to Step A. to find error
in testing.

• If resistance from Pin 3 to ground and Pin 1 to
ground is 10K ohm or greater, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness

• If code other than 28 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, Replace
Transmission. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 28 - Clutch System

Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 372
SPN 969

FMI 4, 5
FMI 4, 5

Overview
This fault indicates an electrical failure of the relay that
allows the remote throttle to operate. The relay and wiring
are installed by the OEM. When troubleshooting an Inactive
code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11. for
more information on troubleshooting Inactive codes.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
the circuit. The fault is set if the TECU detects a bad
(open/short) connection for 2 seconds in the wiring from
the TECU to the relay.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode associated with this fault, but the
remote throttle will either not work or always work when
this fault is active.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

•

Remote Throttle relay

•

Harness

•

TECU

•

Software misconfiguration

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable

Component Identification
Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Front View
38-Way Connector

Front View
Relay connector
30

87a

REMOTE THROTTLE
CONTROL SWITCHES
(SET/RESUME)

TO ENGINE OR BODY
CONTROLLER CRUISE
CONTROL INPUT

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable

Purpose: Verify Remote Throttle Enable is functioning per OEM requirements.

1. Follow OEM troubleshooting guidelines to ensure
the Remote Throttle Enable Relay has not failed.
• If relay is functional, go to Step B..

Purpose: Test the Remote Throttle Relay circuit for
shorts to ground.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

• If relay is not functional (faulted), test complete. Go to Step V.

4. Measure the resistance between Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 24 and ground.
• If the resistance between 24 and ground is OL.
(If fault code is Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes,
noting FMI

1. Key on.

Go to Step V.
• If resistance is out of range, repair the Vehicle
Harness. Go to Step V.

2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.
3. What FMIs are present?
Note: The Remote Throttle Enable relay must be
wired according to Eaton Gen 3 requirements
(shown on previous page) for tests to work
properly. If wired differently, consult OEM for
correct wiring schematic.
• If FMI 4 is present, go to Step C.
• If FMI 5 is present, go to Step D.

100

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 29 - Remote Throttle Enable

Purpose: Verify continuity of the Remote throttle
relay circuit.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect battery cable.

2. Reconnect all connectors.

3. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

3. Key on.

4. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness from the Throttle
Enable Relay.

4. Clear codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.

5. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness
38-way connector way 24 and way 86 of the Throttle Enable relay connector.

5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for fault codes, see “Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.

• If resistance is 0 to 0.3 ohms, (if fault code is
Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

• If no codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 29 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If fault code other than 29 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

Go to Step V.
• If resistance is out of range, repair the Vehicle
Harness and go to Step V.

2016.01.15

101

Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 218
SPN 1485

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 14
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 14

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the MEIIR
circuit.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code, See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
The fault is detected during power-up. The Transmission
Electronic Control Unit (TECU) checks the MEIIR circuit
every time the system is powered up. If the electrical characteristics of the circuit are incorrect, the fault code is set.

Fallback
There is no fallback associated with this failure. However, if
the engine speed flares uncontrollably while the transmission is in a gear, the transmission may not be able to
achieve neutral if it is selected due to a torque lock condition.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by an of the following:

102

•

OEM wiring

•

Mechanical failure in the MEIIR relay

•

TECU

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test

Component Identification

Transmission ECU

Engine Power Relay
Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

21
20

10 AMP
fuse
30
86
85
87
87a

Ignition
Interrupt
Relay

Run to
Ignition

Engine ECM

Ignition Interrupt Legend
All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(30, 87a) = +12 volt switched
(20-87)
(2087) = Signal
Sig
(21-85) = -12 volt relay source
(22-86) = +12 volt relay source

2016.01.15

103

TRTS0930

Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test

Purpose: Verify continuity of Momentary Engine
Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) circuit and test for
short to ground through Vehicle Interface Harness.

Purpose: Verify continuity of MEIIR contact wire
and test for short to ground.

1. Measure resistance between Transmission Vehicle
Harness 38-way connector Pin 20 and MEIIR relay
connector Pin 87 and from MEIIR relay connector
Pin 87 to ground.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect TECU Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

4. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness
38-way connector pins 21 and 22 and from Pin 21
to ground.

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

OHMS

87a

COM

Front View
Relay connector

OHMS
87

Ground

OHMS

14
35

COM

OHMS

14
35

COM

38
21

14
35

87a

Front View
38-Way Connector

COM

38
21

22
36

38
21

• If resistance between pins 20 and 87 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and if resistance between Pin 87 and
ground is OL, go to Step C.

22
36

• If resistance between pins 21 and 22 is 40 to
120 ohms (24 volt system) and resistance
from Pin 21 to ground is OL, go to Step B.

• If resistance is outside of the range, repair the
Vehicle Harness between the TECU and the
MEIIR relay connector. Go to Step V.

• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step D.

104

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test

Purpose: Test the MEIIR relay for shorts to ground
at the relay.

Purpose: Measure resistance across MEIIR relay.

1. Disconnect MEIIR relay from connector

1. Remove MEIIR relay from OEM dash harness.

2. Key on.

2. Measure resistance between MEIIR relay pins 85
and 86.

3. Measure voltage from Pin 30 of the MEIIR relay
connector to ground.

OHMS

VOLTS
V

COM

Ground
30

87a

Front View
Relay connector

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage
replace MEIIR relay. Go to Step E.
• If voltage is outside of range repair the Vehicle
Harness. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

• If resistance is 40 to 120 ohms (12 volt system) or 140 to 480 ohms (24 volt system)
repair OEM wiring from the TECU to the MEIIR
relay. Go to Step V.
• If resistance is outside of range replace MEIIR
relay. Go to Step V.

105

Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Retrieve codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing”
on page 5.

2. Key on.

• If Fault Code 31 is Active, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 31 is Inactive, go to Step V.

TRTS0930

3. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
4. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code
6. Check for codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 31 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If code other than 31 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

106

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 31 - Momentary Engine Ignition Interrupt Relay (MEIIR) Test

107

Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 43
SPN 158

FMI 2
FMI 2

Overview
This fault code indicates a loss of Switched Ignition Power
to the Transmission Electronic Control Unit.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code, See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
The TECU monitors Ignition Power during normal operation. If Ignition power is lost to the TECU during operation a
fault is logged.

Fallback
This fault causes an In-Place fallback while moving.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by the following:

108

•

Ignition switch is turned off during operation

•

Ignition power is lost during operation

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test

Component Identification

10 AMP 12 volt only
Manual resetting Or
circuit breaker
35

10 AMP
fuse

Ignition power (switched power)
run to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

2016.01.15

109

TRTS0930

Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test

Purpose: Measure batter voltage. Visually inspect
the batteries, inline fuse, power, ground supplies to
TECU.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Inspect starter/battery and inline fuse holder connections for integrity.

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.
Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port
VOLTS

VOLTS

–

COM

Battery Negative Post

–

4-way

4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

• If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage between Pin C and battery negative
post is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat this step.

110

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 32 - Loss of Switch Ignition Power Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step V.

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset codes.
2. Retrieve codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing”
on page 5.
• If code 32 is Inactive, This code indicates a
loss of ignition switched power to the TECU
during operation. Verify the key was not turned
off during operation. Inspect ignition circuit for
intermittent open.

2016.01.15

111

Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 168
SPN 168

FMI 4
FMI 4

Overview
This fault code indicates that the vehicle battery power supply to the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) is
below 7 volts.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code, See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the TECU constantly measures vehicle voltage. If voltage is below 7 volts
for more than 1 second, Fault Code 33 will be set and the
service light will flash.

Fallback
If this fault occurs while moving, it causes a 1-speed fallback. Once the vehicle is stopped, the starting gear and
reverse can be engaged

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

112

•

Corroded or loose power supply to TECU

•

Low batteries

•

Damaged Vehicle Harness

•

TECU

•

Charging system

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply

Component Identification

Batteries
Vehicle
Charging
System

–

2016.01.15

113

TRTS0930

Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
batteries, inline fuse, power and ground supplies to
TECU.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Inspect starter/battery and
in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.
• If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port
VOLTS

• If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries, charging system as required. Repeat
this step.

COM

Battery Negative Post

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

114

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply

Purpose: Measure battery voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

2016.01.15

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step E.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

115

Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Check for active and Inactive fault codes.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing”
on page 5.
• If Fault Code 33 is Active, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 33 is Inactive, clear codes and go
to Step V.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Key on.
3. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
4. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 33 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If code other than 33 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

116

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 33 - Low Battery Voltage Supply

117

Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 168
SPN 168

FMI 14
FMI 14

Overview
This fault indicates the vehicle is supplying weak battery
voltage to the transmission for 10 seconds.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
vehicle voltage. If voltage is below 9 volts for more than 10
seconds, Fault Code 34 will be set. The service light will not
flash.

Fallback
If this fault occures while moving, it causes a 1-speed fallback. Once the vehicle is stopped, the starting gear and
reverse can be engaged

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

118

•

Corroded or loose power supply to TECU

•

Low batteries

•

Damaged Vehicle Harness

•

TECU

•

Charging system

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply

Component Identification

Batteries
Vehicle
Charging
System

–

2016.01.15

119

TRTS0930

Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
batteries, inline fuse, power and ground supplies to
TECU.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Inspect starter/battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port
VOLTS

• If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries, charging system as required. Repeat
this step.

COM

Battery Negative Post

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage between is 0.70 volts or less, go to
Step C.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

120

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply

Purpose: Measure battery voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

2016.01.15

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step E.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

121

Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Check for active and Inactive fault codes.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing”
on page 5.
• If Fault Code 34 is Active, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
• If Fault Code 34 is Inactive, clear codes. Go to
Step V.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Key on.
3. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
4. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code
6. Check for codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 34 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If code other than 34 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

122

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 34 - Weak Battery Voltage Supply

123

Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 231
SPN 639

FMI 2
FMI 2

Overview
This fault code indicates the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) failed to communicate with the engine over
the J1939 data link.
If you have an Active Fault Code 35 with an UltraShift DM
transmission and the engine will crank but not start, please
check the OEM supplied MEIIR (Momentary Engine Ignition
Interrupt Relay) circuit. Ensure that the engine has proper
ignition voltage.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
Seventy-five seconds after key-on and throughout the operation, the TECU constantly monitors the communication
with the engine ECM. If a communication fault occurs for
more than 5 seconds, and no other devices are present,
Fault Code 35 is set.

Fallback
If the fault occurs during power-up the transmission will go
into AutoSelect mode. If the fault occurs while moving, it
causes an in-place fallback. The transmission will remain in
the gear that was engaged when the failure occurred. Once
the vehicle stops, start and reverse gears can be selected
and the transmission will operate in AutoSelect mode.

Possible Causes
This fault can be caused by any of the following:

124

•

J1939 Data Link

•

Engine ECM

•

Vehicle Harness or Connections

•

Engine Harness or Connections

•

Excessive radio interference

•

TECU

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link

Component Identification

Transmission ECU

+J1939
Engine ECM

–J1939

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector
A

Shield

Typical J1939/11 data link harness
(OEM supplied)

2016.01.15

125

TRTS0930

Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link

Purpose: Verify continuity of J1939 Data Link low
(-) circuit and test for short to ground.

Purpose: Verify continuity of J1939 Data Link (+)
circuit and test for short to ground.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Measure resistance between:
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 3 and
engine ECM pin number (see OEM J1939 wiring
for (+) J1939)
- Vehicle Harness 38-way Pin 3 and ground

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.
4. Disconnect engine ECM connector which contains
the J1939 Data Link.
5. Measure resistance between:
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 2 and
engine ECM pin number (see OEM wiring for (-)
J1939).
- Vehicle harness 38-way Pin 2 and ground.

Front View
38-Way Connector
OHMS

37
13

14
35

38
V

COM

See OEM J1939 Wiring
for correct pin on ECM

OHMS

38
V

14
35

COM

21
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Front View
38-Way Connector
OHMS

38
V

14
35

COM

21
36

See OEM J1939 Wiring
for correct pin on ECM

OHMS

37
13

14
35

38
V

COM

22
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance between Pin 2 and engine ECM
pin is 0 to 0.3 ohms and if resistance between
Pin 2 and ground is OL, go to Step B.

• If resistance between Pin 3 and engine ECM
pin number is 0 to 0.3 ohms, and if resistance
between Pin 3 and ground is OL,
- If equipped with J1939 Lite, go to Step D.
- If not equipped with J1939 Lite, go to Step
C.
• If resistance is outside of range, repair J1939
Data Link Harness between engine ECM and
TECU. Go to Step V.

• If resistance is outside of range, repair J1939
Data Link Harness between engine ECM and
TECU. Go to Step V.

126

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link

Purpose: Verify continuity of J1939 Data Link
Shield (+) wire (if equipped) and test for short to
ground.

Purpose: Confirm the presence of terminating resistors in the J1939 Data Link.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 1 and engine ECM pin number (see OEM J1939 wiring for J1939 shield).

2. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 2 and Pin 3.
Note: En sure the volt/ohm meter is on the proper
scale (around 200 ohm)

Front View
38-Way Connector
OHMS

14
35

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Front View
38-Way Connector

38
V

COM

21
36

OHMS

See OEM J1939 Wiring
for correct pin on ECM

38
V

14
35

COM

21
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance between Pin 1 and engine ECM
pin number is 0 to 0.3 ohms, go to Step D.
• If resistance is outside of range, Repair J1939
Data Link Harness between engine ECM and
TECU. Go to Step V.

• If resistance between Pin 2 and Pin 3 is
between 50 to 70 ohms, go to Step V.
• If resistance is more than 70 ohms, one or
more of the terminating resistors on the J1939
Data Link Harness is either missing or out of
range, repair OEM J1939 Data Link Harness.
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 50 ohms, repair the
J1939 Data Link between the engine ECM and
the TECU. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

127

Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Key on.
3. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
4. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code
6. Check for codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 35 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If code other than 35 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

128

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 35 - J1939 Communication Link

129

Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID231
SPN 639

FMI 14
FMI 14

Overview
This fault code indicates the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) has communicated with another ECU, but
is unable to communicate with the engine ECU over the
J1939 data link.
If you have an Active Fault Code 36 with an UltraShift DM
transmission and engine will crank but not start, please
check the OEM supplied MEIIR (Momentary Engine Ignition
Interrupt Relay) circuit and see that the engine has proper
ignition voltage.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
The fault is detected if J1939 communication from the
engine is lost for 5 seconds and other devices are present
on J1939.

Fallback
If the fault occurs during power-up, the transmission will go
into AutoSelect mode. If the fault occurs while moving, it
causes an in-place fallback and the transmission will remain
in the gear that was engaged when the failure occurred.
Once the vehicle stops, start and reverse gears can be
selected and the transmission will operate in AutoSelect
mode.

Possible Causes
This fault can be caused by any of the following:

130

•

J1939 Data Link

•

Engine ECM

•

Vehicle Harness or Connections

•

Engine Harness or Connections

•

Excessive radio interference

•

TECU

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message

Component Identification

Transmission ECU

+J1939

–J1939

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Engine ECM
A

Shield

Typical J1939/11 data link harness
(OEM supplied)

2016.01.15

131

TRTS0930

Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message

Purpose: Verify continuity of J1939 Data Link Low
(-) circuit and test for short to ground.

Purpose: Verify continuity of J1939 Data Link High
(+) circuit and test for short to ground.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Measure resistance between:
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 3 and
engine ECM pin # (see OEM wiring for (+)J1939)
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 3 and
ground

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.
4. Disconnect engine ECM connector which contains
the J1939 Data Link.
5. Measure resistance between:
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 2 and
engine ECM pin # (see OEM wiring for (-) J1939).
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 2 and
ground.

Front View
38-Way Connector
OHMS

37
13

14
35

38
V

See OEM J1939 Wiring
for correct pin on ECM

OHMS

38
V

14
35

Front View
38-Way Connector

COM

21
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector
GROUND
OHMS

38
V

14
35

COM

21
36

See OEM J1939 Wiring
for correct pin on ECM

OHMS

37
13

14
35

38
V

COM

21
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector
GROUND

• If resistance between Pin 2 and engine ECM
pin # (see OEM wiring for (-)J1939) is 0 to 0.3
ohms and if resistance between Pin 2 and
ground is OL, go to Step B.
• If resistance is outside of range, repair J1939
Data Link Harness between engine ECM and
TECU. Go to Step V.

132

• If resistance between Pin 3 and engine ECM
pin # (see OEM wiring for (+)J1939) is 0 to 0.3
ohms and if resistance between Pin 3 and
ground is OL,
- If equipped with J1939 Lite, go to Step D.
- If not equipped with J1939 Lite, go to Step
C.
• If resistance is outside of range, repair J1939
Data Link Harness between Engine ECM and
TECU. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message

Purpose: Verify continuity of J1939 Data Link
Shield (+) wire (if equipped) and test for short to
ground.

Purpose: Confirm the presence of terminating resistors in the J1939 Data Link.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.
2. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 1 and engine ECM pin # (see
OEM wiring for J1939 shield).

2. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 2 and Pin 3.
Note: Make sure the volt/ohm meter is on the
proper scale (around 200 ohm scale).

Front View
38-Way Connector
OHMS

14
35

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

Front View
38-Way Connector

38
V

COM

21
36

OHMS

See OEM J1939 Wiring
for correct pin on ECM

38
V

14
35

COM

21
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance between Pin 1 and engine ECM
pin # (see OEM wiring for J1939 shield) is 0 to
0.3 ohms, go to Step D.
• If resistance is outside of range, repair J1939
Data Link Harness between engine ECM and
TECU. Go to Step V.

• If resistance between Pin 2 and Pin 3 is
between 50 to 70 ohms, go to Step V.
• If resistance is more than 70 ohms, 1or more
of the terminating resistors on the J1939 data
link harness is either missing or out of range.
Repair J1939 Data Link Harness. Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 50 ohms, repair the
J1939 Data Link between the Engine ECM and
the TECU. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

133

Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 36 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing,
• If fault code other than 36 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

134

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 36 - J1939 Engine Message

135

Fault Code 37 - Power Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 37 - Power Supply
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 251
SPN 627

FMI 5
FMI 5

Overview
This fault code indicates excessive resistance has been
detected between the power supply source (battery or
starter) and the Transmission Electronic Control Unit
(TECU).

Detection
The resistance on the TECU power supply circuit is measured during each shift. If the resistance is greater than 0.4
ohms this fault will set.

Fallback
No fallback mode.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by the following:

136

•

Corrosion on power supply or ground supply connections or wires to the TECU

•

Corrosion in fuse holder for TECU power supply.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 37 - Power Supply

Component Identification

Transmission ECU

30 AMP fuse
Battery power
(non-switched power)
run to starter
or batteries

2016.01.15

137

TRTS0930

Fault Code 37 - Power Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 37 - Power Supply

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
batteries, inline fuse, power and ground supplies to
the TECU.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Inspect starter/battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.
Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

–

COM

Battery Negative Post

COM

–

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

• If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of rangeRepair or replace
batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat this step.

138

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 37 - Power Supply

Purpose: Measure battery voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.
• If voltage is outside of rang, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

2016.01.15

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step E.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

139

TRTS0930

Fault Code 37 - Power Supply | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Visually inspect batteries, inline fuse,
power and ground supplies to the TECU.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Clean and reconnect all connectors.

3. Disconnect the Vehicle Harness 38-way.

3. Key on.

4. Inspect main power 38-way connector terminals
Pin 36 and Pin 38, in-line fuse holder, and power
supply connections for integrity and corrosion.

4. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.

Transmission ECU

6. Check for codes See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.

Batteries

–

5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code

• If no codes, test complete.

30 AMP fuse
–

• If Fault Code 37 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector
29

37
13

14
35

• If fault code other than 37 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

21
36

Front View
38-Way Connector

• If no problem found, go to Step V.
• If problem is found, repair power/ground path
for the main power supply. Go to Step V.

140

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 37 - Power Supply

141

Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 35, 36
FMI 7
SPN 768, 769 FMI 7

Overview
This fault code indicates the transmission is unable to complete a shift across the range. The range is either stuck in
high or low, or cannot complete engagement into high or
low.

Detection
The transmission attempts the same range shift 5 consecutive times and determines the shift cannot be completed
based on the speeds across the back box.

Fallback
This fault causes a current range fallback and the transmission stays in either low range or high range. When the vehicle comes to a stop, an attempt to shift into low range is
made.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
•

Low air pressure

•

Contaminated air supply

•

Air leak

•

Range Solenoid Valve

•

Range Synchronizer

•

Range Actuator / Cylinder / Piston / Yoke

•

Range Cover

Additional Tools
•

142

Two 0-100 PSI Air pressure gauges

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage

Component Identification
Range system

2016.01.15

143

TRTS0930

Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage

Purpose: Measure vehicle air supply pressure.

1. Key off.
2. Install a 0-100 PSI air pressure gauge in the regulated test port of the air filter/regulator.

Purpose: Verify air filter/regulator operation.

1. Read air pressure gauge installed at the regulated
port.
• If air pressure is in range is 55 to 65 PSI (or 75
to 80 PSI for UltraShift PLUS LAS Models), go
to Step E.

3. Start engine and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

• If air pressure is outside of range, go to Step
D.

4. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.

0-100 PSI

Regulated test port

• If air pressure cuts off at 90 to 120 PSI, go to
Step B.

1. Remove air supply line to the air filter /regulator
and check airflow.

• If air pressure is outside of range, repair the air
system as required. Repeat this step.

Purpose: Confirm air flow to the filter regulator
supply port.

• If air flows from the supply line, repair Air Filter/Regulator. Go to Step C.
• If air does not flow from the supply line,
replace Air Filter Regulator. Go to Step C.

Purpose: Measure vehicle maintains air supply
pressure.

1. Key off.
2. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.
• If vehicle maintains air pressure, go to Step C.
• If vehicle loses air pressure, repair the air system as required. Repeat this step.

144

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage

Purpose: Measure low range air pressures.

Purpose: Measure high range air pressures.

1. Key off.

1. Key on.

2. Install two 0-100 PSI air pressure gauges into the
range cover diagnostic ports.

2. With Shift Control, select the highest reverse gear
available by pressing the up-shift button/arrow,
then select neutral.

3. Start vehicle. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.
4. Turn off engine, but leave key in on position.
5. With Shift Control, select reverse, then select neutral.
Note: Allow 5 minutes for checking the air pressure
after shifting the transmission to neutral.

Note: Monitor gear display after selecting the highest reverse gear available and confirm gear position
has changed in the display. A gear change is
required to energize the range solenoid.
HIGH range
0-100 PSI gauge

LOW range
0-100 PSI gauge

Note: Monitor gear display after selecting reverse,
then neutral and confirm gear position has changed
in the display. A gear change is required to energize
the range solenoid.
HIGH range
0-100 PSI gauge

LOW range
0-100 PSI gauge

• If high range gauge
- 55 to 65 PSI for Non-LAS Models
- 75 to 80 PSI for UltraShift PLUS LAS Models
If low range gauge - 0 PSI for all others
Repair mechanical range system as required.
go to Step V.,
• If low range gauge is 55 to 65 PSI for Non-LAS
Models (75 to 80 PSI for UltraShift PLUS LAS
Models) and if high range gauge is 0 PSI, go to
Step F.

• If air pressure gauges do not read as shown
above, replace Range Valve. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

145

Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Remove all gauges.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code
6. Check for codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 41 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If fault code other than 41 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

146

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 41 - Range Failed to Engage

147

Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 37, 38
FMI 7
SPN 770, 771 FMI 7

Overview
This fault code indicates the transmission is unable to complete a shift across the Splitter. The Splitter is either stuck in
high or low, or cannot complete engagement into high or
low.

Detection
The transmission attempts the same splitter shift 3 consecutive times and determines the shift cannot be completed
based on the speeds across the back box.

Fallback
This fault causes a current splitter fallback and the transmission stays in either low split or high split.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
•

Low air pressure

•

Contaminated air supply

•

Air leak

•

Splitter Solenoid Valve

•

Splitter Actuator / Cylinder / Piston / Yoke

•

Splitter Clutch

Additional Tools
•

148

Two 0-100 PSI air pressure gauges

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage

Component Identification

Splitter system

Reduction

Alternate View - Combination
Cylinder Models

2016.01.15

149

TRTS0930

Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage

Purpose: Measure vehicle air supply pressure.

1. Key off.
2. Install a 0-100 PSI air pressure gauge in the regulated test port of the air filter/regulator.

Purpose: Verify air filter/regulator operation.

1. Read air pressure gauge installed at the regulated
port.
• If air pressure is 55 to 65 PSI, go to Step E.

3. Start engine and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

• If air pressure is outside of range, go to Step
D.

4. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.

0-100 PSI

D
Regulated test port

Purpose: Confirm air flow to the filter regulator
supply port.

1. Remove air supply line to the air filter /regulator
and check airflow.

• If air pressure cuts off at 90 to 120 PSI, go to
Step B.

• If air flows from the supply line, replace the Air
Filter Regulator. Go to Step C.

• If air pressure is outside of range, repair vehicle air system as required. Repeat this step.

• If air does not flow from the supply line, repair
vehicle air supply to the regulator. Go to Step
C.

Purpose: Measure vehicle maintains air supply
pressure.

1. Key off.
2. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.
• If vehicle maintains air pressure, go to Step C.
• If vehicle loses air pressure, repair vehicle air
system as required. Repeat this step.

150

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage

Purpose: Measure low splitter air pressures.

Purpose: Measure high splitter air pressures.

1. Key off.

1. Key on.

2. Start vehicle and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

2. With Shift Control, select reverse (R2 in the gear
display 13/18-speed).

3. Turn off engine, but leave key in on position.
4. With Shift Control, select reverse (R1 in gear display for 13/18-speed), then select neutral.
Note: Five minutes is allowed for checking the
pressure after shifting the transmissions to
neutral.

Note: If R2 isn’t displayed the up arrow button
needs to be pressed.
LO split
0-100 PSI gauge
HI split
0-100 PSI gauge

LO split
0-100 PSI gauge
HI split
0-100 PSI gauge

• If High Splitter gauge is 55 to 65 PSI and Low
Splitter gauge is 0 PSI, repair Mechanical
Splitter system as required. Go to Step V.

• If Low Splitter gauge is 55 to 65 PSI and high
Splitter gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step F.

• If air pressure gauges do not read as shown
above, replace the Splitter Valve. Go to Step
V.

2016.01.15

151

Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Remove all pressure gauges.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code
6. Check for codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no fault codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 42 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If fault code other than 42 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

152

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 42 - Splitter Failed to Engage

153

Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 35, 36
FMI 3, 4, 5
SPN 768, 769 FMI 3, 4, 5

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the solenoids that control the Range Solenoid Valve.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
this circuit. A failure mode of short to battery, short to
ground or open circuit is detected.

Fallback
This fault causes a current range fallback and the transmission stays in either low range or high range. When the vehicle comes to a stop, an attempt to shift into low range is
made.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

154

•

Range Solenoid Valve

•

Transmission Harness

•

TECU

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve

Component Identification
Range valve

Transmission controller

Transmission harness

Range

Alternate View - Combination
Cylinder Models

2016.01.15

155

TRTS0930

Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve

Purpose: Measure resistance of high and low range
solenoids through the Transmission Harness.

Purpose: Test the Range Solenoid Valve common
line for shorts to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Key off.
1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 6 and ground.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the TECU 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between Pin 28 and Pin 6 and
between Pin 34 and Pin 6 on the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
29

37
13

Note: Observe polarity on Volt\Ohm Meter.

14
35

OHMS

38
21

COM

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance is 9 to 16 ohms, go to Step B.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step C.
• If resistance is OL, (if fault code is Active)
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
C.

156

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve

Purpose: Measure resistance of high and low range
solenoids at the Range Solenoid Valve.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from Range
Solenoid Valve.

Purpose: Test the Range Solenoid common line for
shorts to ground at the Range Solenoid Valve.

1. Measure resistance between Range Solenoid Valve
Pin C and ground.

2. Measure resistance between Pin A and Pin C and
between Pin B and Pin C on the Range Solenoid
Valve pins:

OHMS
C

OHMS

COM

• If resistance is 9 to 16 ohms, go to Step D.
• If resistance is outside of range, replace the
Range Valve. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

COM

OHMS

• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, replace the
Range Valve. Go to Step V.

157

Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 43 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If code other than 43 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

158

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 43 - Range Solenoid Valve

159

Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 54
SPN 787

FMI 3, 4, 5
FMI 3, 4, 5

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the solenoid
that controls the Inertia Brake.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
this circuit. A failure mode of a short to battery, short to
ground or open circuit is detected.

Fallback
No Fallback Mode; however, if the Inertia Brake system
failed, it may be difficult to engage a gear from a stop if the
Inertia Brake was providing assistance (due to a dragging
clutch). Also, hill shifting performance may be reduced.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

160

•

Inertia Brake Solenoid

•

Transmission Harness

•

TECU

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil

Component Identification
Transmission
controller

Transmission
harness

Inertia brake
solenoid coil

2016.01.15

161

TRTS0930

Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil

Purpose: Measure resistance of the Inertia Brake
Solenoid coil through the Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.

Purpose: Test the high side solenoid coil for shorts
to ground through the Transmission Harness.

1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 33 and ground.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector

4. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 33 and Pin 5.

37
13

14
35

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector
V

37
13

14
35

COM

38
22

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance is 2 to 6 ohms, go to Step B.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step C.

COM

38
22

21
36

• If resistance is OL, (if fault code is Active)
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
C.

162

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil

Purpose: Measure resistance of the Inertia Brake
Solenoid coil at the Inertia Brake.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from Inertia
Brake coil.

Purpose: Test the solenoid coil for shorts to
ground at the Inertia Brake.

1. Measure resistance between Inertia Brake coil Pin
A and ground.

2. Measure resistance between Inertia Brake coil Pin
A and Pin B.

OHMS
A

COM

OHMS
A

GROUND

COM

• If resistance is 2 to 6 ohms, go to Step D.
• If resistance is outside of range, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Inertia Brake
- Heavy-Duty Inertia Brake
Go to Step V.

• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Inertia Brake
- Heavy-Duty Inertia Brake
Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

163

Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no fault codes, Test complete.
• If Fault Code 44 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If code other than 44 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

164

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 44 - Inertia Brake Solenoid Coil

165

Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) Failure | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) Failure
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 54
SPN 787

FMI 7
FMI 7

Overview
The fault code indicates that the High Capacity Inertia Brake
(HCIB) is not performing as expected.

Detection
The HCIB fault sets if the Inertia Brake is unable to synchronize the transmission during an upshift.

Fallback
No Fallback Mode; however, if the Inertia Brake system has
failed, it may be difficult to engage a gear from a neutral and
shifting performance may be reduced.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
•

166

Failed HCIB

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) Failure

Component Identification

Engine
ECM

Engine control system

High Capacity Inertia brake
A
B

2016.01.15

167

TRTS0930

Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) Failure | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) Failure

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Connect ServiceRanger.

2. Reconnect all connectors and verify that all components are properly installed.

3. Retrieve fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger
using the 9-way diagnostic connector.
• If Fault Code 27 or 44 are Active or Inactive,
see the “Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index”
on page 8
• If Fault Code 45 is Active or Inactive, go to
Step B.

3. Key on.
4. Clear codes, See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
5. Drive vehicle and verify proper transmission operation. Attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for fault codes, See “Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no fault codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 45 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.

• If code other than 45 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

Purpose: Verify transmission model.

1. Verify transmission model.
• If the transmission is an UltraShift model
(DM3, LST, LEP, or AW3), Replace the:
- Medium-Duty Inertia Brake
- Heavy-Duty Inertia Brake
Go to Step V.

168

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 45 - High Capacity (HCIB) Failure

169

Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct and Indirect Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct and Indirect Solenoid Valve
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 37, 38
FMI 3, 4, 5
SPN 770, 771 FMI 3, 4, 5

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the solenoids that control the Splitter Solenoid Valve.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
this circuit. Depending on the reading, a failure mode of
short to battery, short to ground or open circuit is detected.

Fallback
This fault causes a current splitter fallback and the transmission stays in either low split or high split.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

170

•

Splitter Solenoid Valve

•

Transmission Harness

•

TECU

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct and Indirect Solenoid Valve

Component Identification

Splitter valve
Transmission controller

Transmission harness

Reduction

Alternate View - Combination
Cylinder Models

2016.01.15

171

TRTS0930

Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct Solenoid Valve

Purpose: Measure resistance of the high and low
splitter solenoids through the Transmission Harness

1. Key off.

Purpose: Test the Splitter Solenoid Valve common
line for shorts to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 4 and ground.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector pins:
• 32 and 4
• 26 and 4

Front View
38-Way Connector
OHMS

37
13

14
35

38
22

COM

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance is OL, (if fault code is Active)
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

Front View
38-Way Connector

23
17

Go to Step V.

23
17

• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
C.

Transmission Harness 38-Way Connector

• If resistance is 9 to 16 ohms, go to Step B.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step C..

172

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct Solenoid Valve

Purpose: Measure resistance of the high and low
splitter solenoids at the Splitter Solenoid Valve.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from Splitter
Solenoid Valve.

1. Measure resistance between Splitter Solenoid Valve
Pin C and ground.

2. Measure resistance between Splitter Solenoid Valve
pins:
- A and C
- B and C
C

OHMS

COM

OHMS
C

COM

GROUND

OHMS

• If resistance is 9 to 16 ohms, go to Step D.
• If resistance is outside of range, replace the
Splitter Valve. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

Purpose: Test the Splitter Solenoid Valve common
line for shorts to ground.

• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, replace the
Splitter Valve and go to Step V.

173

Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct Solenoid Valve | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 46 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If code other than 46 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

174

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 46 - Splitter Direct Solenoid Valve

175

TRTS0930

Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 60
SPN 60

FMI 2, 3, 4, 10
FMI 2, 3, 4, 10

Overview

Fallback Mode During Operation

This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the Rail
Select Sensor or mechanical failure on the Electric Shifter.
The transmission controller supplies sensor power to the
Electric Shifter position sensors and uses the reported sensor position to determine gear finger location. There are 4
fault conditions defined by the reported FMI via ServiceRanger software.
This fault will not be set if a System Battery Voltage Low
fault (Fault Code 33) is active.

•

The transmission remains in its current gear. An F
may appear in the gear display.

•

The service light will blink.

•

Until the fault is cleared, driver may have to shut off
engine in gear.

•

Will not upshift, downshift nor shift into neutral.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

Detection

•

Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the transmission controller constantly monitors the position of the sensor. If a failure condition is detected, the fault code is set.

FMI 2 - The fault becomes Inactive when the transmission controller detects the rail sensor output
voltage is within 10% - 90% for 1 second or longer.

•

FMI 3, 4 - The fault becomes Inactive when the
transmission controller detects the rail sensor supply is within +/- 5% of the expected voltage.

•

FMI 10 - The rail position is within + / - 0.093" (2%)
of when the shift state went idle.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
•

•

FMI 2 - The transmission controller detects the rail
sensor voltage is outside the 10-90% range for 1
second or longer.
FMI 3 - The transmission controller detects the rail
sensor supply voltage is 5% above the expected
supply voltage for 1 second or longer.

•

FMI 4 - The transmission controller detects the rail
sensor supply voltage is 5% below the expected
supply voltage for 1 second or longer.

•

FMI 10 - The transmission controller detects the
rail sensor signal moving more than +/- 0.093"
(2%) when the rail motor is turned off in gear.

Fallback

This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
FMI 2, 4, 10:
•

Transmission Harness - Connections and wires
between the transmission controller and the rail
sensor may be loose or damaged, terminals and
wires may be bent, burnt or wires may be
grounded, open or shorted.

•

Electric Shifter - The rail sensor may have been
damaged or malfunctioned.

FMI 3:

Fallback mode During Power-Up

176

Possible Causes

•

The transmission will power-up and may not be
able to confirm neutral, no start gears can be
selected.

•

Unit may not crank. An equal sign will appear in the
display.

Transmission Controller - The transmission controller may have been damaged or malfunctioned.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor

Component Identification
Transmission Controller
Front of Transmission

OEM

18
19
20

10
11
12

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

Front

36
38

Blue
Connector

Gen 3 Transmission
Harness Assy
K-3681

Rail select
sensor

XY Shifter
Assy K-3784

35
37

Black
Connector
For Transmission
Diagnostics

23
24

A
B

15
16

(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission)

7
8

Output shaft speed
sensor K-3231

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor K-3231

Input shaft
speed sensor K-3231
B

6
34
28

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

C
B
A

17
31
25

Range
valve K-3682

Splitter valve
(13 & 18 speed
only) K-3682

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

33
5

A
B

Inertia brake (Optional)

2016.01.15

177

TRTS0930

Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor

Purpose: Measure resistance of the Rail Position
Sensors through the Transmission Harness.

1. If the fault code is Inactive put unit in PDM mode
and perform the wire wiggle test. Check the overall
harness connections to sensor. If a tone is heard
and/or a fault code appears in the gear display, the
Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index.

Purpose: Test the Rail Position Sensor Plus line for
shorts to ground through the Transmission Harness.

1. Measure resistance between Transmission Harness
38-way connector Pin 18 to ground.

2. Key off.
Front View
38-Way Connector

3. Disconnect negative battery cable.
37

4. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
5. Measure resistance between Pin 18 and Pin 19 and
between Pin 18 and Pin 20 on the Transmission
Harness 38-way connector.
Note: An Auto Ranging Digital Volt/Ohm Meter
must be used.
6. Measure resistance of the Rail Position Sensors
through the Transmission Harness.

37
13

14
35

38
21

COM

22
36

14
35

COM

14
35

OHMS

COM

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance is OL, Reconnect 38-way connector, (if fault code is Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
• If FMI 2, 3, 4, or 10 is present with an Inactive
code, replace the Electric Shifter and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
C.

OHMS

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance between Pin 18 and Pin 19 is 100
to 200 ohms and between Pin 18 and Pin 20
resistance is 5K to 7K ohm, go to Step B.
• If any of the above conditions are not met, go
to Step C.

178

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor

Purpose: Measure resistance of the Rail Position
Sensor.

1. Disconnect Transmission Harness from Rail Select
Sensor.

Purpose: Test the Rail Position Sensor Plus line for
shorts to ground.

1. Measure resistance between Rail Select Sensor Pin
A and ground.

2. Measure resistance between Pin A and Pin C and
between Pin A and Pin B on the Rail Select Sensor.

OHMS

Note: An Auto Ranging Digital Volt/Ohm Meter
must be used.

COM

C
B
A

OHMS

Ground

OHMS

COM

A
V

COM

• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

• If resistance between Pin A and Pin C is 5K to
7K and between Pin A and Pin B is 100 to 200
ohms, go to Step D.

• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, replace the
Electric Shifter. Go to Step V.

• If any of the above conditions are not met,
replace the Electric Shifter. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

179

Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors.
3. Key on.
4. Clear codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for fault codes, see “Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no fault codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 51 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If code other than 51 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

180

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 51 - Rail Position Sensor

181

TRTS0930

Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 59
SPN 59

FMI 2, 3, 4, 7
FMI 2, 3, 4, 7

Overview

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

This fault code indicates an electrical failure of the Rail
Select Sensor or mechanical failure on the Electric Shifter.

Conditions to Set the Fault Inactive

The transmission controller supplies sensor power to the
Electric Shifter position sensors and uses the reported sensor position to determine gear finger location. There are 4
fault conditions defined by the reported FMI via ServiceRanger software.
This fault will not be set if a System Battery Voltage Low
fault (Fault Code 33) is Active.

•

FMI 2 - The fault becomes Inactive when the transmission controller detects the gear sensor output
voltage is within 10% - 90% for 1 second or longer.

•

FMI 3, 4 - The fault becomes Inactive when the
transmission controller detects the gear sensor
supply is within +/- 5% of the expected voltage.

•

FMI 7 - Shift finger is beyond maximum engagement.

Detection

Possible Causes

Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the transmission controller constantly monitors the position of the sensor. If a failure condition is detected, the fault code is set.

This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

FMI 2, 4:
•

•

Electric Shifter - The rail sensor may have been
damaged or malfunctioned.

Conditions to Set the Fault Code Active
•

•

FMI 2 - The transmission controller detects the
gear sensor voltage is outside the 10-90% range
for 1 second or longer.
FMI 3 - The transmission controller detects the
gear sensor supply voltage is 5% above the
expected supply voltage for 1 second or longer.
FMI 4 - The transmission controller detects the
gear sensor supply voltage is 5% below the
expected supply voltage for 1 second or longer.

FMI 3:
•
FMI 7:
•

Fallback

Transmission Controller - The transmission controller may have been damaged or malfunctioned.

Electric Shifter - Possible broken shift finger.

Fallback mode During Power-Up
•

The transmission will power-up and may not be
able to confirm neutral, no start gears can be
selected.

•

Unit may not crank. An equal sign may appear in
the display.

Fallback Mode During Operation

182

•

The transmission remains in its current gear. An F
may appear in the gear display.

•

The service light will blink.

•

Until the fault is cleared, driver may have to shut off
engine in gear.

•

Will not upshift, downshift nor shift to neutral.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor

Component Identification
Transmission Controller
Front of Transmission

OEM

18
19
20

10
11
12

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

Front

36
38

Blue
Connector

Gen 3 Transmission
Harness Assy
K-3681

Rail select
sensor

XY Shifter
Assy K-3784

35
37

Black
Connector
For Transmission
Diagnostics

23
24

A
B

15
16

(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission)

7
8

Output shaft speed
sensor K-3231

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor K-3231

Input shaft
speed sensor K-3231
B

6
34
28

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

C
B
A

17
31
25

Range
valve K-3682

Splitter valve
(13 & 18 speed
only) K-3682

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

33
5

A
B

Inertia brake (Optional)

2016.01.15

183

TRTS0930

Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor

Purpose: Measure resistance of the Gear Position
Sensor through the Transmission Harness

1. If the fault code is Inactive, see “Product Diagnostic
(PD) Mode” on page 11. Perform the wire wiggle
test. Check the overall harness connections to sensor. If a tone is heard and/or a fault code appears in
the gear display, see “Fault Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8..

Purpose: Test the Gear Position Sensor Plus line
for shorts to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Measure resistance between Transmission Harness
38-way connector Pin 10 to ground.

2. Key off.

Front View
38-Way Connector

3. Disconnect negative battery cable.

37
13

14
35

4. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
5. Measure resistance between Transmission Harness
38-way connector pins:
- 10 and 11
- 10 and 12
Note: An Auto Ranging Digital Volt/Ohm Meter
must be used.
• If resistance between Pin 10 and Pin 11 is 100
to 200 ohms and between Pin 10 and Pin 12 is
5K to 7K ohm, go to Step B.
• If any of the above conditions are not met, go
to Step C.

OHMS

COM

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance is OL, reconnect 38-way connector, (if fault code is Active.) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
• If FMI 2, 3, or 4 is present with an Inactive
code, replace the Electric Shifter and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
• If FMI 7 is present, remove Electric Shifter to
inspect for a broken shift finger. If the shift finger is broken, replace the Electric Shifter.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
C.

184

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor

Purpose: Measure resistance of the Gear Position
Sensor.

1. Disconnect Transmission Harness from Gear Select
Sensor.

Purpose: Test the Gear Position Sensor Plus line
for shorts to ground.

1. Measure resistance between Gear Select Sensor
Pin A and ground.

2. Measure resistance between Gear Select Sensor
pins:
- A and C
- A and B

OHMS

COM

Note: An Auto Ranging Digital Volt/Ohm Meter
must be used.

B
A

Ground

OHMS
OHMS

COM

A
V

COM

• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, replace
Electric Shifter. Go to Step V.

• If Pin A and Pin C resistance is 5K to 7K ohm
and if Pin A and Pin B resistance is 100 to 200
ohms, go to Step D.
• If any of the above conditions are not met,
replace Electric Shifter. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

185

Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors.
3. Key on.
4. Clear fault codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault
code.
6. Check for fault codes, see “Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no fault codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 52 appears, go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If code other than 52 appears, See “Fault Code
Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

186

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 52 - Gear Position Sensor

187

Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 161
SPN 161

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 10
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 10

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical problem in the Input
Shaft Speed Sensor circuit. The signal from the sensor did
not match the current operating conditions.
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
A speed sensor is determined faulty when all the speed sensor readings are compared and one sensor is inconsistent,
or the sensor is shorted to power or ground.

Fallback
This fault causes an in-place fallback. If the Input Shaft
Speed Sensor fails before power-up, the transmission is
unable to engage a gear.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

188

•

Transmission Harness

•

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

•

Various Transmission Components

•

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Component Identification
Input shaft
speed sensor

Transmission
controller

2016.01.15

Transmission
harness

189

TRTS0930

Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Monitor engine speed and Input Shaft
speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Drive vehicle and monitor engine RPM and Input
Shaft RPM with ServiceRanger.

Purpose: Measure Input Shaft Speed Sensor resistance and test for short through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Key off.

• If engine RPM and Input Shaft RPM are the
same, and code is not active during test drive,
test complete.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

• If Input Shaft RPM is erratic or varies from
engine RPM, go to Step B.

4. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector pins:
- 7 and 8
- 7 and ground

3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector
V

37
13

14
35

COM

38
21

22
36

OHMS

37
13

14
35

COM

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance between Pin 7 and Pin 8 is 2K to
4.5K ohm and Pin 7 to ground is OL, go to
Step C.
• If resistance is outside of the range, go to Step
D.

190

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Visually inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

Purpose: Test Input Shaft Speed Sensor for shorts
to ground.

1. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and ground.

• If no problem found, (if fault code is Active)
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

OHMS
A

COM

GROUND

Go to Step V.
• If problem found or you were sent here from
Step D or E, replace Input Shaft Speed Sensor
and inspect the upper countershaft PTO gear
for damage and go to Step V.

• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
C.

Purpose: Measure Input Shaft Speed Sensor resistance at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from Input
Shaft Speed Sensor.
2. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.
OHMS
A

COM

• If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step E.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step C.

2016.01.15

191

Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Verify proper installation of speed sensor.
4. Key on.
5. Clear fault codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
6. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault
code.
7. Check for fault codes. See “Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no fault code, test complete.
• If Fault Code 56 appears, go to Step A. to find
error in testing,
• If fault code other than 56 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

192

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 56 - Input Shaft Speed Sensor

193

Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 160
SPN 160

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical problem in the Main
Shaft Speed Sensor circuit. The signal from the sensor did
not match the current operating conditions
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
A speed sensor is determined faulty when all the speed sensor readings are compared and one sensor is inconsistent,
or the sensor is shorted to power or ground.

Fallback
This fault causes an In-Place fallback mode.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

194

•

Transmission Harness

•

Main Shaft Speed Sensor

•

Various transmission components

•

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor

Component Identification

Transmission controller

2016.01.15

Main shaft
speed sensor

Transmission harness

195

TRTS0930

Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Measure Main Shaft Speed Sensor resistance, test for short to ground through the Transmission Harness

Purpose: Measure Main Shaft Speed Sensor resistance.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the
Main Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector

2. Measure resistance between the Main Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.

4. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector pins:
- 15 and 16
- 15 and ground
• If resistance between Pin 15 and Pin 16 is 2k
to 4.5K ohm and between Pin 15 to ground is
OL, go to Step B.

OHMS
A

COM

• If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step D.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step B.

• If resistance is outside of the range, go to Step
C.

Purpose: Visually inspect the Main Shaft Speed
Sensor for contamination and damage.

1. Inspect Main Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.
• If no problem found, replace TECU (only if
fault code is Active) and go to Step V.
• If problem is found or you were sent here from
Step C or D, replace Main Shaft Speed Sensor
and inspect the upper reverse idler gear for
damage and go to Step V.

196

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 57 - Main Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Test Main Shaft Speed Sensor for shorts
to ground.

1. Measure resistance between Main Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and ground.
OHMS
A

COM

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Verify proper installation of speed sensor.

4. Key on.

5. Clear codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.

GROUND
• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness

6. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault
code.
7. Check for fault codes. See “Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.

Go to Step V.

• If no fault codes, test complete.

• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
B.

• If Fault Code 57 appears, find error in testing
go to Step A.
• If fault code other than 57 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

2016.01.15

197

Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 191
SPN 191

FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8
FMI 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8

Overview
This fault code indicates an electrical problem in the Output
Shaft Speed Sensor circuit. The signal from the sensor did
not match the current operating conditions
When troubleshooting an Inactive code See “Product Diagnostic (PD) Mode” on page 11.

Detection
A speed sensor is determined faulty when all the speed sensor readings are compared and one sensor is inconsistent,
the sensor is shorted to power or ground, a grounded circuit is detected, or if an abnormal frequency is detected.

Fallback
This fault causes an In-Place fallback.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

198

•

Transmission Harness

•

Output Shaft Speed Sensor

•

Various transmission components

•

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

•

Failed or loose Tone Wheel

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor

Component Identification

Transmission
controller

2016.01.15

Transmission harness

Output shaft
speed sensor

199

TRTS0930

Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Measure Output Shaft Speed Sensor resistance and test for short to ground through
Transmission Harness.

1. Inspect Output Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector pins:
- 23 and 24
- 23 and ground

200

Purpose: Visually inspect Output Shaft Speed sensor for contamination and damage.

• If no problem found, (if fault code is Active)
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
go to Step V.

• If resistance between Pin 23 and Pin 24 is 2K
to 4.5K ohm and between Pin 23 to ground is
OL, go to Step B.

• If problem is found or you were sent here from
Step C or D, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Output Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Output Shaft Speed Sensor

• If resistance is outside of the range, go to Step
C.

Inspect the tone wheel for damage, looseness
or corrosion. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 58 - Output Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Measure Output Shaft Speed Sensor resistance.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the
Output Shaft Speed Sensor.
2. Measure resistance between Output Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.
OHMS

COM

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Verify proper installation of speed sensor.
4. Key on.

5. Clear fault codes.

6. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault
code.
7. Check for fault codes.
• If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step D.

• If no fault codes, test complete.

• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step B.

• If Fault Code 58 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If fault code other than 58 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

Purpose: Test for shorts to ground of the Output
Shaft Speed sensor.

1. Measure resistance between Output Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and ground.
OHMS
A

COM

GROUND
• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
B.

2016.01.15

201

TRTS0930

Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 39
SPN 772

FMI 1, 5, 6, 12
FMI 1, 5, 6, 12

Overview

Fallback Mode During Operation

This fault indicates the Electric Shifter Rail Motor system is
not working properly.
The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) checks
the rail motor for open or shorted connections. There are
four fault conditions defined by the reported FMI via ServiceRanger software.

•

The transmission remains in its current gear. An F
may appear in the gear display.

•

The service light will blink.

•

Until the fault is cleared, driver may have to shut off
engine in gear.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the TECU constantly monitors the motor circuit. If a failure mode of short
to battery, short to ground, open circuit, or low current is
detected the fault is set.

Conditions to Set the Fault Code Inactive
•

FMI 1, 12 - The fault becomes Inactive when the
shift is completed.

•

FMI 5, 6 - The fault becomes Inactive when the
open or short circuit conditions are not detected for
0.5 seconds.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
Conditions to Set the Fault Code Active
•

•

FMI 1 - The TECU detects a high resistance in the
motor circuit (5 ohms or greater) resulting in slow
or no movement of the XY Shift finger. This fault
will set when the Electric Shifter fails to select the
proper rail.
FMI 5, 6 - This fault is set when the condition is
detected for at least 0.5 seconds and the TECU
attempts to move the XY shift finger. FMI 5 is open
or shorted to ground, FMI 6 is shorted to power.
FMI 12 - The TECU detects a fault condition within
the TECU XY control circuit, resulting in slow or no
movement of the XY shift finger. This fault is set
when the Electric Shifter fails to select the proper
rail.

Fallback
Fallback Mode During Power-Up
•

•

202

The transmission will power-up and may not be
able to confirm neutral, no start gear can be
selected.
The engine will not crank and a dash will be shown
in the gear display.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
FMI 1, 5:
•

The Electric Shifter rail motor may be damaged,
failed or has developed a low resistance to ground.

•

Connections and wires between the rail motor and
the TECU may be loose or damaged, terminals and
wires may be bent, or terminals may be burnt.

•

TECU may have an internal short to ground or open
circuit and has failed.

FMI 6:
•

The wires between the rail motor and the TECU
may be grounded or shorted.

•

TECU may have internal short to power and has
failed.

FMI 12:
•

Poor chassis power or ground.

•

The wires between the rail motor and the TECU
may be grounded or shorted.

•

TECU internal failure.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor

Component Identification
Transmission Controller
Front of Transmission

OEM

18
19
20

10
11
12

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

Front

36
38

Blue
Connector

Transmission
Harness Assy

Rail select
sensor

XY Shifter
Assy

35
37

Black
Connector
For Transmission
Diagnostics

23
24

A
B

15
16

(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission)

7
8

Output shaft
speed sensor

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor

Input shaft
speed sensor
B

6
34
28

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

C
B
A

Range
valve

Splitter valve
(13 & 18 speed only)

17
31
25

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

33
5

A
B

Inertia brake (Optional)

2016.01.15

203

TRTS0930

Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes
(noting FMI) and perform electrical pretest.

1. Use ServiceRanger to retrieve and record fault code
61 FMI information.
2. Perform the “Electrical Pretest” on page 12, inspect
TECU power supply harness and fuse holder.
• Issue found with TECU power supply harness
or vehicle batteries, repair or replace items
found during electrical pretest, go to Step V.

Purpose: Measure the resistance of Electric Shifter
Rail motor through the Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector from the TECU.
4. Measure resistance between Pin 35 and Pin 37.

• Electrical pretest passed, no issues found, go
to Step B.

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector
V

COM

37
13

14
35

38
21

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• Measured resistance is 2 ohms or less, go to
Step C.
• Measured resistance is greater than 2 ohms,
go to Step D.

204

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor

Purpose: Test the Electric Shifter Rail Motor for
short to ground through the Transmission Harness.

1. Measure the resistance between Pin 35 and
ground.

1. Disconnect the black 2-way rail motor connector
from the transmission harness.
2. Measure the resistance of the Rail Motor at the
2-way connector.
- Pin A to Pin B
- Pin A to Ground

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector
V

COM

37
13

14
35

Purpose: Measure the resistance of Electric Shifter
Rail motor at the Rail Motor and test for short to
ground.

38
21

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector
OHMS

OHMS
B

• Measured resistance is 1 M ohm or greater, go
to Step E.

V
V

COM

• Measured resistance is less than 1 M ohm, go
to Step D.
• Measured resistance between Pin A and Pin B
is 2 ohms or less, and Pin A to ground is 1 M
ohm or greater, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• Measured resistance is out of range, replace
the Electric Shifter. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

205

TRTS0930

Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Use fault code FMI to make a repair decision.

Go to Step V.

Date Code:

Model:
Hardware Rev:
Serialno:

1. FMI information recorded from Step A.

• FMI 6 or 12 is Active or Inactive, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

TECU Serial Number

• FMI 1 or 5 is Active, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• FMI 1 or 5 is Inactive and the TECU serial number is between ETC2000000 and ETC2029918,
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• FMI 1 or 5 is Inactive and the TECU serial number is above ETC2029918, replace the Electric
Shifter and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

206

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 61 - Rail Select Motor

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors and the negative battery
cable.
3. Key on.
4. Clear fault codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the fault
code.
6. Check for fault codes, see “Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If no fault codes, test complete.
• If Fault Code 61 appears, find error in testing,
go to Step A.

2016.01.15

207

TRTS0930

Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 40
SPN 773

FMI 1, 5, 6, 12
FMI 1, 5, 6, 12

Overview

Fallback Mode During Operation

This fault indicates the Electric Shifter Gear Motor system is
not working properly.
The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) checks
the gear motor and controller for open or shorted connections. There are 4 fault conditions defined by the reported
FMI via ServiceRanger software.

•

The transmission remains in its current gear. An F
may appear in the gear display.

•

The service light will blink.

•

Until the fault is cleared, driver may have to shut off
engine in gear.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive

Detection
Starting at key-on and throughout operation, the TECU constantly monitors the motor circuit. If a failure mode of short
to battery, short to ground, open circuit or low current is
detected the fault is set.

Conditions to Set the Fault Inactive
•

FMI 1, 12 - The fault becomes Inactive when the
shift is completed.

•

FMI 5, 6 - The fault becomes Inactive when the
open or short circuit conditions are not detected for
0.5 seconds.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
Conditions to Set the Fault Code Active
•

•

FMI 1 - The TECU detects a high resistance in the
motor circuit (5 ohms or greater) resulting in slow
or no movement of the XY shift finger. This fault
will set when the Electric Shifter fails to engage or
disengage a gear.
FMI 5, 6 - This fault is set when the condition is
detected for at least 0.5 seconds and the TECU
attempts to move the XY shift finger. FMI 5 is open
or shorted to ground, FMI 6 is shorted to power.
FMI 12 - The TECU detects a fault condition within
the TECU XY control circuit, resulting in slow or no
movement of the XY shift finger. This fault is set
when the Electric Shifter fails to engage or disengage a gear.

Fallback
Fallback Mode During Power-Up
•

•

208

The transmission will power-up and may not be
able to confirm neutral, no start gear can be
selected.
The engine will not crank and a dash will be shown
in the gear display.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
FMI 1, 5:
•

The Electric Shifter gear motor may be damaged,
failed, or has developed a low resistance to ground.

•

Connections and wires between the gear motor and
the TECU may be loose or damaged, terminals and
wires may be bent or terminals may be burnt.

•

TECU may have an internal short to ground or open
circuit and has failed.

FMI 6:
•

The wires between the gear motor and TECU may
be shorted to power.

•

TECU may have internal short to power and has
failed.

FMI 12:
•

Poor chassis power or ground.

•

The wires between the gear motor and TECU may
be shorted to ground.

•

TECU internal failure.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor

Component Identification
Transmission Controller
Front of Transmission

OEM

18
19
20

10
11
12

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

Front

36
38

Blue
Connector

Transmission
Harness Assy

Rail select
sensor

XY Shifter
Assy

35
37

Black
Connector
For Transmission
Diagnostics

23
24

A
B

15
16

(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission)

7
8

Output shaft
speed sensor

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor

Input shaft
speed sensor
B

6
34
28

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

C
B
A

Range
valve

Splitter valve
(13 & 18 speed only)

17
31
25

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

33
5

A
B

Inertia brake (Optional)

2016.01.15

209

TRTS0930

Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes
(noting FMI) and perform electrical pretest.

1. Use ServiceRanger to retrieve and record Fault
Code 63 FMI information.
2. Perform electrical pretest, see “Electrical Pretest”
on page 12. Inspect TECU power supply harness
and fuse holder.
• If issue found with TECU power supply harness or vehicle batteries, repair or replace
items found during electrical pretest. go to
Step V.

Purpose: Measure the resistance of Electric Shifter
Gear Motor through the Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector from the TECU.
4. Measure resistance between Pin 36 and Pin 38.

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector

• Electrical pretest passed, no issues found, go
to Step B.

37
13

14
35

COM

38
22

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• Measured resistance is 2 ohms or less, go to
Step C.
• Measured resistance is greater than 2 ohms,
go to Step D.

210

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor

Purpose: Test the Electric Shifter for a short to
ground through the Transmission Harness.

1. Measure the resistance between Pin 36 and
ground.

1. Disconnect the blue 2-way gear motor connector
from the transmission harness.

OHMS

Front View
38-Way Connector
V

37
13

14
35

COM

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Electric
Shifter Gear Motor, and test for short to ground.

2. Measure the resistance of the gear motor at the
2-way connector.
- Pin A to Pin B
- Pin A to Ground

38
22

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

OHMS

• If measured resistance is 1 M ohm or greater,
go to Step E.

V
V

COM

• If measured resistance is less than 1 M ohm,
go to Step D.
• If measured resistance between Pin A and Pin
B is 2 ohms or less, and between Pin A and
ground is 1 M ohm or greater, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If measured resistance is out of range, replace
the Electric Shifter. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

211

TRTS0930

Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Use the fault code FMI to make a repair
decision.

go to Step V.

Date Code:

Model:
Hardware Rev:
Serialno:

1. FMI information recorded from Step A.

• If FMI 6 or 12 is active or Inactive, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

TECU Serial Number

• If FMI 1 or 5 is Active, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
• If FMI 1 or 5 is Inactive and the TECU serial
number is between ETC2000000 and
ETC2029918, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If FMI 1 or 5 is Inactive and the TECU serial
number is above ETC2029918, replace the
Electric Shifter and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

212

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 63 - Gear Select Motor

Purpose: Verify repair.

2016.01.15

213

Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 227
FMI 14
SPN 520274, 520321FMI 13, 14

Overview
The Grade Sensor is mounted inside the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) and is essential for Hill-Start Aid.
The Grade Sensor also provides information to the TECU to
assist in smooth vehicle launch and shifting.

Detection
A fault will be set if the grade sensor reports an illogical
grade to the TECU.

Fallback
Hill-Start-Aid is enabled all the time.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

214

•

Improperly mounted TECU

•

Uncalibrated TECU

•

TECU failure

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor

Component Identification

Transmission ECU

2016.01.15

215

TRTS0930

Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor

Purpose: Check for active and Inactive fault codes
(noting FMI) and perform electrical pretest.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve active fault codes and FMIs with ServiceRanger using the 9-way diagnostic connector.
3. Perform electrical pretest, See “Electrical Pretest”
on page 12.
• If FMI 13 is Active after performing the electrical pretest, go to Step B.

Note: Before Grade Sensor Calibration, verify the vehicle
is on level ground, the suspension is fully aired
and the vehicle is at the appropriate ride height.
1. Key on.
2. Calibrate the TECU using ServiceRanger. (steps
below)
Note: The Grade Sensor can be calibrated via ServiceRanger or operator-triggered Special
Function. Detailed instructions on both methods can be found in service manual
TRSM0930.

• If FMI 14 is Active after performing the electrical pretest, go to Step C.
• If issue was repair during the electrical pretest,
go to Step V.

Purpose: Perform TECU Grade Sensor calibration.

3. Open the Advanced Product Functions menu and
click on the transmission model.
4. Open the Grade Sensor Calibration and follow the
instructions.
5. Click on Calibrate Grade Sensor.
6. Verify Fault Code 68 has gone Inactive.
• If FMI 13 is not Active, Close ServiceRanger
and turn off ignition switch to save calibration.
go to Step V.
• If FMI 13 is still Active, call Roadranger Tech
Support at 1-800-826-4357 for assistance.

216

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 68 - Grade Sensor

Purpose: Confirm proper TECU mounting.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Ensure that the TECU is properly mounted and
secured.

2. Reconnect all connectors.

• If TECU found insecure or not properly
mounted, properly secure the TECU. Go to
Step V.
• If TECU was found properly mounted and
secure, (if fault code is Active) replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

3. Key on.
4. Clear codes, see “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing” on
page 5.
5. Drive the vehicle and attempt to reset the code.
6. Check for fault codes, see “Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.

Go to Step V.

• If no fault codes, Test complete.
• If Fault Code 68 appears go to Step A. to find
error in testing.
• If fault code other than 68 appears, See “Fault
Code Isolation Procedure Index” on page 8.

2016.01.15

217

TRTS0930

Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 60
SPN 560

FMI 7
FMI 7

Overview

Possible Causes

This fault indicates the system cannot disengage from the
current gear. The system will continue attempting to disengage the current gear after the fault is set.

This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

Vehicle must be moving and attempting to change gear
position and no electrical faults are active.

The system is unable to select the neutral position after 3
consecutive attempts.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
Conditions to Set the Fault Code Active
FMI 7 - The system is unable to select the neutral
position after 3 consecutive attempts.

Fallback
Fallback mode During Power-Up
•

•

Mechanical issue with the shift bar housing

•

Damaged shift bar housing interlock parts

Electric Shifter

Detection

•

Shift Bar Housing

None. This fault can not be set at power-up.

•

New Electric Shifter installed and not recalibrated
per the L-Letter (L-2003-30)

•

Mechanical issue with the Electric Shifter

•

Badly contaminated / gummed up / soiled Electric
Shifter ball screw due to oil cooler leak

•

Worn center shaft bushing (TAIB-0814.)

Base Transmission
•

Main box mechanical failure

•

Sliding clutch / shift yoke wear

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

Fallback Mode During Operation

•

When this fault is Active, the transmission will continue to attempt to select neutral.

•

The system will alternate the engine speed up and
down in an attempt to achieve disengagement.

•

The gear display may blink the destination gear.

•

The service light will not flash, nor will an F be displayed on the dash.

•

The diagnostic code will not be transmitted on the
J1587 bus until fault codes have been requested by
a service tool.

New TECU installed and not recalibrated per the
L-Letter (L-2005-04)

Engine
•

Inaccurately reporting engine torque value

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
Conditions to Set the Fault Inactive
•

218

FMI 7 - The fault becomes Inactive when neutral is
achieved.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear

Component Identification
Shift bar housing

Electric shifter

Transmission
controller

Base Transmission

Engine
ECM

Engine Torque Value

2016.01.15

219

TRTS0930

Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear

Purpose: Determine if an Electric Shifter was installed without recalibrating the transmission.

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
the batteries, inline fuse, power and ground supplies to the TECU.

1. Key off.
2. Was a new Electric Shifter or TECU just installed
without recalibrating the transmission?
• Yes, perform transmission calibration. Turn
key on, and allow the transmission to power
up. Turn key off, wait 2 minutes and go to Step
V..

1. Key off.
2. Inspect starter, battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.
3. Measure voltage across batteries.
Front of Transmission

Transmission ECU

• No, go to Step B.

VOLTS

COM

–

Transmission Harness

OEM Harness
36 38

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

30 AMP fuse

–

• If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required and go to Step C.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charge system as required.
Repeat test.

220

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate the diagnostic port on the Transmission
Harness - located at the left rear corner of the
transmission.

Purpose: Measure batter voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

COM

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
Battery Negative Post

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step E.

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage between Pin C and battery negative
post is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step D.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

2016.01.15

221

TRTS0930

Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

Purpose: Visually inspect the Shift bar housing,
Electric Shifter and base transmission for signs of
mechanical damage.

1. Key on.
1. Key off.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

2. Remove electric shifter from Shift Bar Housing.
3. Inspect the Shift Bar Housing
- Visually inspect shift rails and blocks.
- Verify shift bar housing operation by confirming
shift rails can physically engage each gear individually.
- Confirm the shift bar housing can not engage 2
gears at the same time.

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step F.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair Ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

4. Inspect Electric Shifter
- Check for mechanical issues with the Electric
Shifter.
- Visually inspect for badly contaminated /
gummed up / soiled Electric Shifter ball screw
due to oil cooler leaks.
- Check for a worn center shaft bushing (see
TAIB-0814).
5. Inspect Base Transmission
- Drain and inspect oil for debris.
- Remove I-brake or PTO cover and inspect for
main box mechanical failure.
- Inspect sliding clutches and shift yokes for wear.
• If no problem found, replace Electric Shifter
and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If problem found, repair as required and go to
Step V.

222

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 71 - Unable to Disengage Gear

Purpose: Verify repair.

2016.01.15

223

TRTS0930

Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 59
SPN 772

FMI 7
FMI 7

Overview

Possible Causes

This fault indicates the system is unable to position the XY
shift finger on the desired shift rail. The system will continue attempting to select the desired rail position after the
fault is set.

This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

Vehicle must be moving and attempting to select a rail and
no electrical faults are active.

FMI 7:
•

Mechanical issue with the shift bar housing

•

Damaged shift bar housing interlock parts

Electric Shifter

Detection

•

The system is unable to select the desired rail position after
5 consecutive attempts.

New Electric Shifter installed and not recalibrated
per the L-Letter (L-2003-30)

•

Mechanical issue with the Electric Shifter

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active

•

Badly contaminated / gummed up / soiled Electric
Shifter ball screw due to oil cooler leak

•

Worn center shaft bushing (TAIB-0814)

Conditions to Set the Fault Code Active
•

FMI 7 - The system is unable to select the desired
rail position after five consecutive attempts.

Fallback
Fallback mode During Power-Up
•

Vehicle may not crank. A dash will appear in the
gear display.

Base Transmission
•

Main box mechanical failure

•

Sliding clutch / shift yoke wear

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
•

Fallback Mode During Operation
•

When this fault is active, the transmission will continue to attempt to select the desired rail position.

•

The system will alternate the engine speed up and
down during a shift.

•

The gear display may blink the destination gear.

•

The service light will not flash, nor will an F be displayed on the dash.

•

The diagnostic code will not be transmitted on the
J1587 bus until fault codes have been requested by
a service tool.

New TECU installed and not recalibrated per the
L-Letter (L-2005-04)

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
Conditions to Set the Fault Inactive
•

224

FMI 7 - The fault becomes Inactive when the
desired rail position is achieved.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail

Component Identification
Shift bar housing

Electric shifter

Transmission
controller

2016.01.15

Base Transmission

225

TRTS0930

Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail

Purpose: Determine if an Electric Shifter was installed without recalibrating the transmission.

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
the batteries, inline fuse, power and ground supplies to the TECU.

1. Key off.
2. Was a new Electric Shifter or TECU just installed
without recalibrating the transmission?
• Yes. Perform transmission calibration. Turn
key on and allow the transmission to power
up. Turn key off and wait 2 minutes. go to Step
V.

1. Key off.
2. Inspect starter / battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.
3. Measure voltage across batteries.
Front of Transmission

Transmission ECU

VOLTS

–

• No, go to Step B.
V

COM

Transmission Harness

OEM Harness
36 38

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

30 AMP fuse

–

226

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Locate the diagnostic port on the Transmission
Harness - located at the left rear corner of the
transmission.

Purpose: Measure batter voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

2. Key on.
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

VOLTS

COM

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
Battery Negative Post

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step E.

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step D.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

2016.01.15

227

TRTS0930

Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

Purpose: Visually inspect the Shift Bar housing,
Electric Shifter and base transmission for signs of
mechanical damage.

1. Key on.
1. Key off.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

2. Remove electric shifter from Shift Bar housing.
3. Inspect the Shift Bar housing
- Visually inspect shift rails and blocks.
- Verify Shift Bar housing operation by confirming
shift rails can physically engage each gear individually.
- Confirm the Shift Bar housing can not engage
two gears at the same time.

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step F.
• If voltage is outside of range, Repair Ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

228

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 72 - Failed to Select Rail

Purpose: Verify repair.

2016.01.15

229

TRTS0930

Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 58
SPN 781

FMI 7
FMI 7

Overview

Possible Causes

This fault indicates the system cannot engage the desired
gear. The system will continue attempting to engaged the
desired gear after the fault is set.

This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

Vehicle must be moving and attempting to engage a gear
and no electrical faults can be active.

The system unsuccessfully attempts to engage a gear 5
times with no battery voltage faults.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
FMI 7 - The system is unable to engage a gear 5
times with no battery voltage faults.

Fallback
Fallback mode During Power-Up
•

•

Mechanical issue with the shift bar housing

•

Damaged shift bar housing interlock parts

Electric Shifter

Detection

•

FMI 7:

None. This fault can not be set at power-up.

•

New Electric Shifter installed and not recalibrated
per the L-Letter (L-2003-30)

•

Mechanical issue with the Electric Shifter

•

Badly contaminated / gummed up / soiled Electric
Shifter ball screw due to oil cooler leak

•

Worn center shaft bushing (TAIB-0814)

Base Transmission
•

Main box mechanical failure

•

Sliding clutch / shift yoke wear

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

Fallback Mode During Operation

•

When this fault is active, the transmission will continue to attempt to engage the gear.

•

The system will alternate the engine speed up and
down in an attempt to achieve engagement.

•

The gear display may blink the destination gear.

•

The service light will not flash, nor will an F be displayed on the dash.

•

The diagnostic code will not be transmitted on the
J1587 bus until fault codes have been requested by
a service tool.

New TECU installed and not recalibrated per the
L-Letter (L-2005-04.)

Engine
•

Inaccurately or not responding to the transmission
speed control command.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
•

230

FMI 7 - The fault becomes Inactive when neutral is
achieved.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear

Component Identification

2016.01.15

231

TRTS0930

Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear

Purpose: Determine if an Electric Shifter was installed without recalibrating the transmission.

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
the batteries, inline fuse, power and ground supplies to the TECU.

1. Key off.
2. Was a new Electric Shifter or TECU just installed
without recalibrating the transmission?
• Yes, Perform transmission calibration. Turn
key on and allow the transmission to power
up. Turn key off and wait 2 minutes. go to Step
V..

1. Key off.
2. Inspect starter / battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.
3. Measure voltage across batteries.
Front of Transmission

Transmission ECU

• No, go to Step B.

VOLTS

COM

–

Transmission Harness

OEM Harness
36 38

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

30 AMP fuse

–

• If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step C.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charge system as required.
Repeat test.

232

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear

Purpose: Verify proper ground path at 4-way diagnostic port

1. Locate the diagnostic port on the Transmission
Harness - located at the left rear corner of the
transmission.

Purpose: Measure battery voltage at 4-way diagnostic port.

1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

COM

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
Battery Negative Post

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step E.

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step D.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

2016.01.15

233

TRTS0930

Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure ignition voltage at 4-way diagnostic port

Purpose: Visually inspect the Shift Bar housing,
Electric Shifter and base transmission for signs of
mechanical damage.

1. Key on.
1. Key off.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step F.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown
Repeat test.

4. Inspect Electric Shifter
- Check for mechanical issues with the Electric
Shifter.
- Visually inspect for badly contaminated /
gummed up / soiled Electric Shifter ball screw
due to oil cooler leaks.
- Check for a worn center shaft bushing (see
TAIB-0814).
5. Inspect base transmission
- Drain and inspect oil for debris.
- Remove I-brake or PTO cover and inspect for
main box mechanical failure.
- Inspect sliding clutches and shift yokes for wear.
• If no problem found, replace Electric Shifter
and the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If problem found, repair as required. Go to
Step V.

234

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 73 - Failed to Engage Gear

Purpose: Verify repair.

2016.01.15

235

Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

PID 93/190
FMI 7
SPN 518/898 FMI 7

Overview
This fault code indicates the transmission is unable to use
system controls to synchronize during a shift.

Detection
If there is engine communication on the J1939 Link and the
engine does not respond to transmission speed and torque
commands, the code will set.

Fallback
If the failure occurs while moving, it could cause a 1-speed
fallback. Once the vehicle is stopped, starting gear and
reverse gear can be engaged.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
•

236

Engine control system

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault

Component Identification

Engine
ECM

Engine Torque Value

2016.01.15

237

Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.
Contact vehicle OEM for further direction.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve fault codes. See “Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If Fault Code 74 is Active, contact the OEM
because the engine is failing to respond to the
transmissions command during a shift.
• If fault code is not Active, test complete.

238

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 74 - Engine Speed Response Fault

239

Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 60
SPN 560

FMI 14
FMI 14

Overview
This fault is detected when the vehicle is powered-down in
any gear position other than neutral.
Note: This code will only be set Inactive

Detection
The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) monitors
shift device position and electric shifter position during
vehicle shut down. If a non-neutral shift device position and
in gear position are detected during vehicle shut down, this
code will be set.

Fallback
No Fallback mode. This is a non driving, power-down fault.
It may cause a dash to appear in the gear display during
power-up if the transmission is torque locked after shutting
down in gear.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
•

240

Improper shut down procedure

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear

Component Identification

VOLUME
CONTROL

R
N

SERVICE

D
H

SHIFT

L
Eaton Fuller
Transmissions

Pushbutton Shift Control

2016.01.15

Eaton Shift Lever

241

Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve Codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing”
on page 5.
• If Fault Code 75 is Inactive, no action necessary. This code indicates the driver powered
down the system prior to selecting neutral.
• Explain to driver, shift selector must be in neutral before powering down to prevent a
stuck-in-gear situation and/or a power-up no
crank situation.

242

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 75 - Power Down In Gear

243

Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 47
SPN 780

FMI 7
FMI 7

Overview
The transmission controller has detected that the shift finger position indicates neutral and a comparison of input
and main shaft speeds indicate the transmission is in gear.
The comparison of shaft speeds is only performed when
the vehicle is moving and a shift is in process.

Detection
•

The fault is detected after the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) powers up and a
non-neutral condition is detected during a shift.

•

FMI 7 - The transmission controller detected an
inaccurate finger position.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
Conditions to Recreate Fault
•

Only set during a shift.

Fallback
This fault causes an in-place fallback. The transmission will
remain in current gear.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
Conditions to Clear Fault
•

The fault becomes Inactive after power down.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
•

244

Worn internal transmission components.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected

Component Identification

Transmission

2016.01.15

245

Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.
Contact Eaton support for further direction.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing”
on page 5.
• If Fault Code 81 is active or Inactive, Customer
- Call Eaton at 1-800-826-HELP (4357).
CSC - Call Technician Service.

246

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 81 - Gear Engagement Detected

247

Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 18, 19
FMI 14
SPN 751, 752 FMI 7, 12

Overview
This fault code indicates the Eaton Cobra Lever or the OEM
Shift Lever is not sensing any lever positions.

Detection
Starting at key on and throughout operation, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) constantly measures
the feedback from the Shift Lever circuit. If the Shift Lever
reports no lever positions are sensed, the fault code is set.

Fallback
This fault causes a downshift only and shifts to neutral
when the vehicle stops.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
•

248

Eaton Cobra Lever or OEM Shift Lever

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing

Component Identification

Eaton Shift Lever

2016.01.15

249

Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve codes. See “Fault Code Retrieval/Clearing”
on page 5.
• If Fault Code 83 is Active, replace Eaton Cobra
Lever or OEM Shift Lever.
• If Fault Code 83 is Inactive, test complete.

250

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 83 - Shift Lever Missing

251

Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 18, 19
FMI 13
SPN 751, 752 FMI 13

Overview
This fault indicates a new Transmission Electronic Control
Unit (TECU) has not detected a Shift Control device.

Detection
The fault is detected the first time the system is powered
up. The TECU looks for a shift control device if none are
detected the system will set this code.
Note: The fault will only be set active.

Fallback
No crank at power-up.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

252

•

Damaged OEM Wiring Harness between TECU and
Shift Control device after new TECU is installed.

•

Disconnected Shift Control device after new TECU
is installed.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured

Component Identification

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

2016.01.15

253

Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured

Purpose: Confirm Shift Control device is properly
installed. Check for active or Inactive fault codes.

1. Verify Shift Control device is connected to the OEM
wiring.
2. Key on.
3. Retrieve fault codes. See “Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If Fault Code 84 is Active, repair OEM wiring
between TECU and Shift Control device.

254

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 84 - Shift Control Device Not Configured

255

Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 18
SPN 751

FMI 12
FMI 12

Overview
This fault indicates the Transmission Electronic Control Unit
(TECU) has detected a non compatible Shift Control device.

Detection
The TECU looks for a Shift Control device at system
power-up. If a non compatible shift control device is
detected the system will set this code.

Fallback
This fault causes an in-place fallback

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:
•

256

Non compatible Shift Control device

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible

Component Identification

VOLUME
CONTROL

R
N

SERVICE

D
H

SHIFT

L
Eaton Fuller
Transmissions

Pushbutton Shift Control

2016.01.15

Eaton Shift Lever

257

Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible

Purpose: Confirm Shift Control device part number. Ensure proper device installed.

1. Verify Shift Control device is connected to the OEM
wiring.
2. Key on.
3. Retrieve fault codes. See “Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If Fault Code 85 is Active, verify correct Shift
Control device is installed on vehicle.

258

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 85 - Shift Control Device Incompatible

259

Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch
J1587: MID 130
J1939: SA 3

SID 58
SPN 781

FMI 14
FMI 14

Overview
The transmission controller is monitoring the Gear Position
sensor and has determined the Electric Shifter is moving in
the opposite intended direction.

Detection
•

The fault can be detected any time after the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) powers up
and a non-neutral mode is selected.

•

FMI 14 - The transmission controller detected an
incorrect Electric Shifter position.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Active
Conditions to Recreate Fault
•

None

Fallback
This fault causes an in-place fallback. The transmission will
remain in current gear.

Conditions to Set Fault Code Inactive
Conditions to Clear Fault
•

The fault becomes Inactive after power down.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by the following:

260

•

Internal transmission controller fault.

•

Transmission wire harness shorted.

•

Electric Shifter failure.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch

Component Identification

Transmission Controller

2016.01.15

XY Shifter

Transmission Harness

261

Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch | Fault Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch

Purpose: Check for active or Inactive fault codes.
Contact Eaton technical support for further direction.

1. Key on.
2. Retrieve fault codes. See “Fault Code
Retrieval/Clearing” on page 5.
• If Fault Code 99 is Active or Inactive, Customer
- Call Eaton at 1-800-826-HELP (4357).
CSC - Call Technician Service.

262

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Fault Isolation Procedures | Fault Code 99 - Direction Mismatch

263

TRTS0930

Up/Down Button Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Up/Down Button Test
Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if unable to shift the
transmission with the Up/Down buttons, and there are no
Active or Inactive codes.

Detection
The shift control has no fault detection capability for this
failure. The failure is observed by the driver when operating
the vehicle.

Fallback
There is no fallback for this symptom.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

264

•

Push button shift control

•

Shift Lever

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Up/Down Button Test

Component Identification

Side view
of pushbutton
shift control

VOLUME
CONTROL

R
N

SERVICE

D
H

SHIFT

L
Eaton Fuller
Transmissions

Pushbutton Shift Control

2016.01.15

Eaton Shift Lever

265

TRTS0930

Up/Down Button Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Up/Down Button Test

Purpose: Drive vehicle and attempt to complete
manual button shifts in Manual Mode.

1. Start engine.
2. Place Shift Device in manual.
3. Drive the vehicle using the buttons to initiate
upshifts and downshifts, when conditions permit.
• If the up and down buttons are working properly, the transmission will make upshifts and
downshifts, test complete.
• If the transmission does not make upshifts or
downshifts, replace Shift Control. Repeat test.

266

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Up/Down Button Test

267

Start Enable Relay Contact Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Start Enable Relay Contact Test
Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if the engine does
not crank with the Shift Lever in neutral, and there are no
Active or Inactive codes.

Detection
The Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) has no
fault detection capability for this failure. The failure is
observed by the driver when operating the vehicle. To
observe this failure, attempt to start the vehicle.

Fallback
This symptom has no affect on vehicle operation; however,
if the failure occurred before the engine was started, it is
possible the engine will not start.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

268

•

Start Enable Relay

•

Starter Solenoid wiring

•

Vehicle Harness

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Component Identification

3
2

1. 38-Way Transmission Harness Connector
2. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
3. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket
4. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector

2016.01.15

269

TRTS0930

Start Enable Relay Contact Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

1
26

87
87
86
85
30

Starter
26
32
4
IGN

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
2. 38-Way Vehicle Harness Connector
3. 5-Way Start Enable Relay Socket
4. 5-Way Start Enable Relay

+
OFF

ACC

87A

ACC

OFF
ON

START

Starter

87A

START

Starter

Start Enable Relay Circuit States (Normally Open)
5. Open Relay - Key Off (Non-energized State)
6. Closed Relay - Key On and Transmission Confirmed in Neutral (Energized State)

270

Battery Voltage

Switched Battery from TECU

Ground

Communication

Ignition Voltage

Switched 5V from TECU

Switched Ground

Relay/Solenoid Driver

Signal

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

2
A
B
C

25
17
31

1. Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
2. 4-Way Diagnostic Connector

2016.01.15

Battery Voltage

Switched Battery from TECU

Ground

Communication

Ignition Voltage

Switched 5V from TECU

Switched Ground

Relay/Solenoid Driver

Signal

271

TRTS0930

Start Enable Relay Contact Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the
batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key off.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

2. Inspect starter/battery and
in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

VOLTS

COM

–

−

• If voltage is 11–13 volts on a 12-volt system or
22 to 26 on a 24 volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required and go to Step B.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat test.

272

• If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.
A

A
B

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

2016.01.15

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step E.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

273

TRTS0930

Start Enable Relay Contact Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Visually inspect Start Enable Relay wiring
and confirm that it is wired per requirements. Confirm if the engine will crank.

Purpose: “Jump” the Start Enable Relay and confirm if the engine will crank.

1. Key on.
1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

3. Reconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.
4. Reconnect negative battery cable.

4. Reconnect negative battery cable.
5. Place a jumper wire across connector contact 30
and contact 87.

5. Key on.
6. Engage starter.
Note: The Start Enable Relay must be wired
according to Eaton GEN III requirements
(shown on previous page) for this test to
work properly. If wired differently, consult
OEM for correct wiring schematic.

Warning: Make sure the parking brake is set before
jumping the Start Enable Relay.

6. Key on. Verify neutral on Gear Display.
7. Engage starter.

• If engine cranks, go to Step F.

• If engine does not crank, go to Step G.

Purpose: Remove the Start Enable Relay and confirm if the engine will crank.

• If engine cranks, replace the Start Enable
Relay. go to Step H.
• If engine does not crank, refer to OEM for
repair of Vehicle Harness or starter.

1. Key off.
2. Remove the Start Enable Relay.
3. Key on.
4. Engage starter.
• If vehicle cranks, repair short to power on
Vehicle Harness. go to Step V.
• If vehicle does not crank, replace Start Enable
Relay. go to Step V.

274

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Start Enable Relay Contact Test

Purpose: Verify continuity of the Start Enable Latch
wire.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

2. Reconnect all connectors.

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.

3. Key on.

4. Disconnect the Start Enable Relay.

4. Start the engine to determine whether the Start
Enable Relay contact complaint has been repaired.

5. Measure resistance between Pin 87 of the Start
Enable Relay connector and Pin 26 of the Vehicle
Harness 38-Way connector.

• If engine starts, test complete.
• If engine does not start go to Step A. to error
in testing.

26
87

• If resistance is 0 to 0.3 ohms, go to Step V.
• If resistance is greater than 10K ohm, repair
wiring and go to Step V.

2016.01.15

275

TRTS0930

J1587 Data Link Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

J1587 Data Link Test
Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if the ServiceRanger, a PC-based Service Tool, does not work.

Detection
The service technician observes the failure when operating
ServiceRanger. To observe this failure, simply connect ServiceRanger to the transmission via the J1587 Diagnostic
Connector located in the cab.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for the J1587 Data Link.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

276

•

J1587 Data Link Harness

•

ServiceRanger

•

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | J1587 Data Link Test

Component Identification

Transmission ECU

+12
volts
battery
J1587 data link
10

OEM

9-way
6-way
diagnostic connector diagnostic connector
A ATA+
B ATA–
C + Battery
D
E Ground
F

2016.01.15

E
F

B
A
E

C
F

G
H

GROUND

A Ground
B + Battery
C
D
E
F ATA+
G ATAH
J

277

TRTS0930

J1587 Data Link Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

J1587 Data Link Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage supply to the vehicle diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Verify continuity of the J1587 Plus wire
from the TECU to the vehicle diagnostic connector.

1. Key off.

2. Measure voltage either between 6-Way Diagnostic
Connector Pin C and Pin E or 9-Way Diagnostic
Connector Pin B and Pin A.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step B.

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-Way Connector.
4. Measure resistance from Vehicle Harness 38-Way
Connector Pin 10 and either 6-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin A or 9-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin F.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery or
ground wire to vehicle Diagnostic connector.
Go to Step V.

Pins

• If resistance is 0–0.3 ohms, go to Step C.
• If resistance is outside of range, repair Vehicle
Harness. Repeat this step.

Measurement
Pins

Measurement

C to E
10 to A
B to A
10 to F

278

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | J1587 Data Link Test

Purpose: Test the J1587 Plus wire for a short to
ground through the vehicle diagnostic connector.

1. Measure resistance between either 6-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin A or 9-Way Diagnostic Connector
Pin F and ground.
• If resistance is OL, go to Step D.

1. Measure resistance between either 6-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin B or 9-Way Diagnostic Connector
Pin G and ground.

• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, repair Vehicle Harness. Go to Step V.

Pins

Purpose: Test the J1587 negative (–) wire for a
short to ground through the vehicle diagnostic connector.

• If resistance is OL, go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, repair Vehicle Harness. Go to Step V.

Measurement
Pins

Measurement

A to Ground
B to Ground
F to Ground
G to Ground

Purpose: Verify continuity of the J1587 negative
(–) wire from the TECU to the vehicle diagnostic
connector.

1. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness
38-Way Connector Pin 11 and either 6-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin B or 9-Way Diagnostic Connector Pin G.
• If resistance is 0–0.3 ohms, go to Step E.
• If resistance is outside of range, repair Vehicle
Harness and go to Step V.

Pins

Measurement

11 to B
11 to G

2016.01.15

279

TRTS0930

J1587 Data Link Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key on.
2. Connect to ServiceRanger.
• If ServiceRanger functions correctly, test complete.
• If ServiceRanger does not function correctly
go to Step A. find error in testing.

280

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Symptom Isolation Procedures | J1587 Data Link Test

281

Front Box Control Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Front Box Control Test
Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if a dash is displayed on the gear display, and there are no active or Inactive codes.

Detection
Turn the key on and watch the Gear Display. If the Gear Display shows “-” constantly, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) was not able to confirm front box control.
Any time the service light is flashing, go to Diagnostics Procedure.

Fallback
This fault causes an in-place fallback while moving, and it
causes a failure during system initialization. A dash will
appear on the Gear Display.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

282

•

Low power to gear select motor

•

Electric shifter

•

Gear Select Sensor

•

Yoke / clutch / main shaft

•

Shift Bar housing

•

Dragging clutch

•

Torque locked in gear

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Front Box Control Test

Component Identification
Shift bar housing

Electric shifter

Transmission
controller

2016.01.15

Base Transmission

283

TRTS0930

Front Box Control Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Front Box Control Test

Purpose: Visually observe the gear display after
power-up.

Purpose: Visually observe the gear display when
placing the transmission into Drive.

1. Key on.

2. Depress clutch pedal (if equipped) half way to the
floor.

2. Place Shift Device in neutral.

3. Place Shift Device in neutral.
4. Observe Gear Display.

3. Depress clutch pedal (if equipped) half way to the
floor. If it is a two pedal design apply the service
brake.
4. Select Drive

• If Gear Display shows N, go to Step B.

5. Observe Gear Display.

• If service light is flashing, see “Diagnostic Procedures” on page 3.
• If Gear Display shows: “-” or a flashing gear
with no arrows, go to Step C.

• If Gear Display shows a solid gear, test complete.
• If service light is flashing, See “Diagnostic
Procedures” on page 3.
• If Gear Display shows a flashing gear with no
arrows, go to Step C.

284

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Front Box Control Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Inspect starter/battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.
• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step F.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat test.

F
D

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the
batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step G.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair Ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

• If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step E.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

2016.01.15

285

TRTS0930

Front Box Control Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Remove Electric Shifter from the Shift
Bar Housing and inspect the mechanical transmission.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.

2. Reconnect all connectors.

2. Remove Electric Shifter from Shift Bar housing.
3. Inspect the Shift Bar housing:
- Shift Blocks
- Shift Rails
- Inspect Electric Shifter for evidence of lube contamination.

3. Place Shift Control into neutral.
4. Key on.

Note: See if the Shift Bar housing can engage two
gears at the same time to verify interlock
operation.

• If Gear Display displays a solid N, test complete.
• If Gear Display does not display a solid N, find
error in testing, return to go to Step A.

• If no problem found, replace Electric Shifter
go to Step V.
• If problem found, repair as required go to Step
V.

286

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Front Box Control Test

287

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test
Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if the transmission
does not engage a gear, and there are no active or Inactive
codes.

Detection
If the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) is unable
to provide a fault code, the driver may observe this failure
as the transmission not initiating or completing a shift. The
driver may observe this failure as the transmission neutralizes.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for this symptom.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

288

•

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

•

Transmission

•

Clutch Brake/Clutch

•

Transmission Harness

•

TECU

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Component Identification
Transmission Harness 38-way Connector
Shift Bar Housing
Main Shaft

D1
D2

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

2016.01.15

289

TRTS0930

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the
batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key off.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

2. Inspect starter/battery and
in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

–

COM

Battery Negative Post

COM

–

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

• If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat test.

290

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

2016.01.15

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step E.
• If voltage is outside of range, Repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

291

TRTS0930

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Visually observe the gear display when
placing the transmission into Drive.

Purpose: Monitor Input Shaft Speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Depress clutch pedal.

2. Connect ServiceRanger, a PC-based Service Tool.

3. Start engine.

3. Start engine. Release clutch pedal.

4. Release clutch pedal to verify input shaft speed.

4. View Input Shaft speed.

5. Depress clutch pedal.

• If Input Shaft speed exists, contact your local
Eaton Representative or call 1-800-826-HELP
(4357).

6. Place Shift Lever in D.
7. Observe Gear Display.

• If input shaft speed does not exist, go to Step
G.

• If Gear Display shows a solid N and the warning tone sounds, go to Step F.
• If Gear Display shows a flashing gear with
arrows, go to Step M.
• If Gear Display shows a flashing gear with no
arrows, See “Front Box Control Test” on
page 282.
• If Gear Display shows a solid gear but the vehicle will not move, contact your local Eaton
Representative or call 1-800-826-HELP
(4357).

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft
Speed Sensor through the Transmission Harness.

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
V

37
13

14
35

COM

38
22

21
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step H.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step J.

292

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit
for a short to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and ground.

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft
Speed Sensor at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the
Input Shaft Speed Sensor.
2. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.
OHMS

OHMS

A
14
35

37
13

38
21

COM

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance is OL,go to Step I.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
J.

• If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step K.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step I.

Purpose: Visually remove and inspect the Input
Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

1. Inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.
• If no problem found, go to Step L.
• If problem found or you were sent here from
Step J or K, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
Inspect the upper countershaft PTO gear for
damage. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

293

AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit
for a short to ground at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the upper countershaft within the transmission.

1. Key off.
1. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and ground.

3. Turn the Input Shaft and verify the Upper Countershaft is rotating.

OHMS
A

2. Verify the Upper Countershaft is turning.

COM

• If Upper Countershaft is turning, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

GROUND

Go to Step V.
• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness

• If Upper Countershaft is not turning, contact
your Eaton Representative or call Eaton at
1-800-826-HELP (4357).

Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
I.

294

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Monitor Input Shaft Speed in ServiceRanger.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Connect PC-based service tool.

1. Key off.

2. Start engine.

2. Reconnect all connectors.

3. Depress clutch pedal.

3. Key on.

4. View input shaft speed.

4. Drive the vehicle to determine whether the complaint has been repaired.

• If input shaft speed does not drop below 150
RPM, clutch is out of adjustment and/or Input
Shaft Brake (Clutch Brake) is malfunctioning.
Adjust clutch per manufacturer’s specifications. go to Step V.

• If the transmission engages a gear, test complete.
• If the transmission does not engage a gear go
to Step A. to find error in testing.

• If input shaft speed drops below 150, test
complete and go to Step V.

2016.01.15

295

UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test
Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if the transmission
does not engage a gear, and there are no active or Inactive
codes.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for this symptom.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

296

•

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

•

Transmission

•

Inertia Brake

•

Clutch/Clutch Brake

•

OEM Service Brake Switch Operation

•

TECU

•

Transmission Harness

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Component Identification

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector
Shift Bar Housing
Main Shaft

D1
D2

A
B

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector
H1
H2

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor
Inertia brake

Warning: Do not load test at diagnostic port.

2016.01.15

297

UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
1. Key off.

2. Key on.

2. Inspect starter/battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.
• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat test.

D
B

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the
batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key on.
2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step E.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

• If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

298

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Visually observe the gear display when
placing the transmission into Drive.

Purpose: Monitor Input Shaft Speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Start engine.

2. Connect PC-based Service Tool.

3. Apply service brake while selecting D.

3. Start engine. Increase RPM and hold above 1000
RPM.

4. Observe Gear Display.
Note: Using a ServiceRanger a PC-based Service
Tool, verify OEM service brake operation.

4. View Input Shaft speed.
• If Input Shaft speed exists, contact your Eaton
Representative or call Eaton at
1-800-826-HELP (4357).

• If Gear Display shows a solid N and the warning tone sounds, go to Step F.

• If Input Shaft speed does not exist, go to Step
G.

• If Gear Display shows a flashing gear with
arrows, go to Step M.
• If Gear Display shows a flashing gear with no
arrows, See “Front Box Control Test” on
page 282.
• If Gear Display shows a solid gear but the vehicle will not move, contact your Eaton Representative or call Eaton at 1-800-826-HELP
(4357).

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft
Speed Sensor through the Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.
2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure the resistance between the Transmission
Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and Pin 8.
• If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step H.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step J.

2016.01.15

299

UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit
for a short to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and ground.
• If resistance is OL, go to Step I.

TRTS0930

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft
Speed Sensor at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the
Input Shaft Speed Sensor.
2. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.

• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
J.

• If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step K.
• If resistance is outside of range, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
Go to Step V.

Purpose: Visually remove and inspect the Input
Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

1. Inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.
• If no problem found, go to Step L.
• If problem found, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit
for a short to ground at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and ground.

and inspect the upper countershaft PTO gear
for damage. Go to Step V.

• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
Go to Step V.

300

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Will Not Engage a Gear from Neutral Test

Purpose: Verify mechanical movement of the upper countershaft within the transmission.

Purpose: Perform Inertia Brake Test using ServiceRanger.

1. Key off.

1. Key on.

2. Turn the Input Shaft and verify the upper countershaft is rotating.

2. Make sure the PTO is off.

• If upper countershaft is turning, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

3. Connect ServiceRanger a PC-based Service Tool
and select Advanced Product Functions.
4. Start engine.
5. Select Inertia Brake Test.
6. Run test and follow instructions.

Go to Step V.

• Test passes, replace clutch and go to Step V.

• If upper countershaft is not turning, contact
your Eaton Representative or call Eaton at
1-800-826- HELP (4357) for a repair strategy.

• Test fails, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Inertia Brake
- Heavy-Duty Inertia Brake
Go to Step V.
• Test aborts, correct displayed test failure condition and retest.

Purpose: Monitor Input Shaft Speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Connect PC-based service tool.

2. Start engine

Purpose: Verify repair.

3. View input shaft speed.
• If input shaft speed stays above 150 RPM,
clutch is dragging, go to Step N.
• If input shaft speed drops below 150 RPM,
test complete and go to Step V.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors.
3. Key on.
4. Drive the vehicle to determine whether the complaint has been repaired.
• If the transmission engages a gear, test complete.
• If the transmission does not engage a gear go
to Step A. to find error in testing.

2016.01.15

301

UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test
Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if a clutch engagement complaint exists, and there are no active or Inactive
codes.

Detection
There is no detection other than a driver complaint.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for clutch engagement complaint;
however, it may effect vehicle performance.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

302

•

Low fluid level

•

Inertia Brake

•

Clutch calibration

•

Transmission

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test

Component Identification

Inertia Brake
WetClutch Fluid

2016.01.15

303

TRTS0930

UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test

Purpose: Inspect the transmission fluid level.

Purpose: Bring engine up to operating temperature
and test the clutch engagement operation.

1. Place transmission in neutral.

1. Key on.

2. Allow engine to idle at 600 to 700 RPM for a minimum of 2 minutes. Ensure transmission fluid temperature is 60 to 120 degrees F (16 to 49 degrees
C)

2. Engine running, allow engine to reach operating
temperature.

4. Start vehicle.

3. Check transmission fluid level.
• If fluid level is at COLD-FULL mark, go to Step
B.
• If fluid level is below the COLD-ADD mark, correct fluid level, check for leaks. Drive Vehicle, if
clutch engagement complaint exists, repeat
this step.

3. Key off.

5. Allow vehicle to idle in neutral for a minimum of 2
minutes.
6. Drive vehicle.
• If clutch engagement complaint does not
change, go to Step D.
• If clutch engagement complaint is corrected,
test complete.

Purpose: Visually inspect the torsional coupler.

1. Remove the flywheel inspection cover and inspect
the rubber coupler for damage or shear.
• If no damage is observed, go to Step C.
• If damage is observed, replace the Torsional
Coupler. go to Step V.

304

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift AW3 Clutch Engagement Test

Purpose: Disconnect the Inertia Brake from the
Transmission Harness and test the clutch engagement operation.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key Off.
1. Key off.

2. Reconnect Transmission Harness to Inertia Brake.

2. Disconnect Transmission Harness from the Inertia
Brake.

3. Key on.

4. Drive the vehicle to determine whether the complaint has been repaired.

4. Drive vehicle (Flashing Service Light will exist).
• If clutch engagement complaint does not
change, Contact your Eaton Representative or
call Eaton at 1-800-826-HELP (4357).
• If clutch engagement complaint is corrected,
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Inertia Brake
- Heavy-Duty Inertia Brake

• If shift complaint has not been repaired, contact your Eaton Representative or call Eaton at
1-800-826-HELP (4357).
• If the shift complaint has been repaired, test
complete.

Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

305

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test
Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if a shift complaint
exists, and there are no active or Inactive codes.

Detection
There is no detection other than a driver complaint.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for a shift complaint; however, it
may affect vehicle performance.

Possible Causes
This fault code can be caused by any of the following:

306

•

Electric Shifter

•

Range system

•

Splitter system

•

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

•

Transmission Harness

•

Shift Bar housing

•

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

Component Identification
Input Shaft
Speed Sensor

Range System

Splitter System

Transmission Harness
Transmission ECU

2016.01.15

307

TRTS0930

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the
batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key off.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

2. Inspect starter/battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

2. Key on.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.
Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

–

COM

Battery Negative Post

COM

–

+
4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

• If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required. Go to Step B.

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat this step.

308

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step E.

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

Purpose: Monitor Input Shaft Speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Connect PC-based service tool and monitor Input
Shaft speed with Clutch Pedal released.
• If input shaft speed matches engine RPM, go
to Step K.
• If Input shaft speed reads 0, go to Step F.

2016.01.15

309

TRTS0930

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft
Speed Sensor through the Transmission Harness.

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit
for a short to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Key off.
1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and ground.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure the resistance between the Transmission
Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and Pin 8.

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
29

37
13

14
35

OHMS

38
21

COM

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector
OHMS

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
V

37
13

14
35

COM

• If resistance is OL, go to Step H.

21
36

• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
I.

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step G.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step I.

Purpose: Visually remove and inspect the Input
Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

1. Inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.
• If no problem found, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
Go to Step V.
• If problem found or you were sent here from
Step H or I, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
Inspect the upper countershaft PTO gear for
damage. Go to Step V.

310

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft
Speed Sensor at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the
Input Shaft Speed Sensor.
2. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit
for a short to ground at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and ground.
OHMS
A

OHMS
A

COM

GROUND

• If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step J.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step H.

• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
H.

2016.01.15

311

TRTS0930

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure vehicle air supply pressure.

1. Key off.
2. Install a 0-100 PSI air pressure gauge in the regulated test port of the air filter/regulator.

Purpose: Verify air filter/regulator operation.

1. Read air pressure gauge installed at the regulated
port.
• If air pressure is between 55 to 65 PSI, go to
Step O.

3. Start engine and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

• If air pressure is outside of range, go to Step
N.

4. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.

0-100 PSI

Purpose: Confirm air flow to the filter regulator
supply port.

Regulated test port
1. Remove air supply line to the air filter/regulator and
check airflow.

• If air pressure cuts off between 90 to 120 PSI,
go to Step L.

• If air flows from the supply line, repair Air Filter Regulator. Go to Step K.

• If air pressure is outside of range, repair vehicle air system as required. Repeat test.

• If air does not flow from the supply line, repair
vehicle air supply to the regulator. Go to Step
K.

Purpose: Confirm vehicle maintains air supply
pressure.

1. Key off.
2. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.
• If vehicle maintains air pressure, go to Step M.
• If vehicle loses air pressure, repair vehicle air
system as required. Repeat test.

312

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure low range air pressures.

Purpose: Measure high range air pressures.

1. Key off.

1. Key on.

2. Install both 0-100 PSI air pressure gauges into the
range cover diagnostic ports.

2. With the Shift Control, select the highest reverse
gear available by pressing the upshift button/arrow,
then select neutral.

3. Start vehicle and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

HI range
0-100 PSI gauge

4. Turn off engine, but leave key on.
5. With Shift Control, select reverse, then select neutral.

LO range
0-100 PSI gauge

Note: Five minutes is allowed for checking the air
pressure after shifting the transmission to
neutral.
HI range
0-100 PSI gauge

LO range
0-100 PSI gauge

• If high range gauge is between 55 to 65 PSI
and if low range gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step Q.
• If both air pressure gauges do not read as
listed above, replace Range Valve. Go to Step
V.

• If low range gauge is between 55 to 65 PSI and
If high range gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step P.
• If both air pressure gauges do not read as
listed above, replace Range Valve. Go to Step
P.

Purpose: Identify if the transmission is equipped
with a splitter system.

1. Is the transmission equipped with a splitter system? (i.e. 18-Speed)
• If the transmission is equipped with a splitter
system, go to Step R.
• If the transmission is not equipped with a splitter system, go to Step V.

2016.01.15

313

TRTS0930

AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure high splitter air pressures.

Purpose: Measure low splitter air pressures.

1. Key off.

1. Key on.

2. Start vehicle and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

2. With Shift Control, select reverse (R2 in the gear
display 13/18-speed).

3. Turn off engine, but leave key on.
4. With Shift Control, select reverse (R1 in gear display for 13/18-speed), then select neutral
Note: Five minutes is allowed for checking the
pressure after moving the Shift Lever to neutral.

Note: If R2 isn’t displayed the up arrow button
needs to be pressed.
HIGH split
0-100 PSI gauge
LOW split
0-100 PSI gauge

LO split
0-100 PSI gauge
HI split
0-100 PSI gauge

• If low splitter gauge is between 55 to 65 PSI
and if high splitter gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step
V.

• If high splitter gauge is between 55 to 65 PSI
and if low splitter gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step S.

• If air pressure gauges do not read as shown
above, replace Splitter Valve. Go to Step V.

314

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | AutoShift AS3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Remove all pressure gauges.
3. Reconnect all connectors.
4. Key on.
5. Drive the vehicle to determine whether the complaint has been repaired.
• If the transmission shifts normal, test complete.
• If the transmission still has a shifting complaint, find error in testing. Go to Step A.

2016.01.15

315

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test
Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if a shift complaint
exists, and there are no Active or Inactive codes.

Detection
There is no detection other than a driver complaint.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for shift complaint; however, it
may effect vehicle performance.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

316

•

Inertia Brake

•

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

•

Transmission Electric Control Unit (TECU)

•

Transmission Harness

•

Range System

•

Splitter System

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test

Component Identification
Input Shaft
Speed Sensor

Range System

Splitter System

Transmission Harness
Transmission ECU

Warning: Do not load test at the Diagnostic Port.

2016.01.15

317

TRTS0930

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the
batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Key off.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

2. Inspect starter/battery and
in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

3. Measure voltage across batteries.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

–

COM

Battery Negative Post

COM

–

+
4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

• If voltage is 11 to 13 volts on a 12-volt system
or 22 to 26 on a 24-volt system, proceed with
battery load test. Repair or replace batteries as
required and go to Step B.

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step C.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair or replace
batteries and charging system as required.
Repeat test.

318

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.

1. Key on.

2. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step E.

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step D.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

Purpose: Monitor Engine Speed and Input Shaft
Speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Compare engine RPM to Input Shaft RPM with ServiceRanger.
Note: Engine RPM must remain above 1000 RPM
during the following test.
• If Input Shaft speed matches engine RPM, go
to Step K.
• If Input shaft speed reads 0, go to Step F.

2016.01.15

319

TRTS0930

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft
Speed Sensor through the Transmission Harness.

1. Key off.

Purpose: Visually remove and inspect the Input
Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

1. Inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.

• If no problem found, replace TECU and go to
Step V.

3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.

• If problem found or you were sent here from
Step I or Step J, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor

4. Measure the resistance between the Transmission
Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and Pin 8.
OHMS

Inspect the upper countershaft PTO gear for
damage. Go to Step V.

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
V

37
13

14
35

COM

38
21

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step G.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step I.

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft
Speed Sensor at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the
Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit
for a short to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

2. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.

1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and ground.

OHMS
A

COM

• If resistance is OL, go to Step H.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
I.

• If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step J.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step H.

320

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit
for a short to ground at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

Purpose: Measure vehicle air supply pressure.

1. Key off.
1. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and ground.
OHMS
A

3. Start engine and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

COM

2. Install a 0-100 PSI air pressure gauge in the regulated test port of the air filter/regulator.

4. Monitor the vehicle air pressure gauge on the dash.

GROUND
0-100 PSI

• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
H.

Regulated test port
• If air pressure cuts off at 90 to 120 PSI, go to
Step L.
• If air pressure is outside of range, repair vehicle air system as required. Repeat test.

Purpose: Confirm vehicle maintains air supply
pressure.

2016.01.15

321

TRTS0930

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Verify air filter/regulator operation.

1. Read air pressure gauge installed at the regulated
port.

Purpose: Measure low range air pressures.

1. Key off.

• If air pressure is 55 to 65 PSI, go to Step O.

2. Install both 0-100 PSI air pressure gauges into the
range cover diagnostic ports.

• If air pressure is outside of range, go to Step
N.

3. Start vehicle. Allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.
4. Turn off engine, but leave key on.
5. With Shift Control, select reverse, then select neutral.

Purpose: Confirm air flow to the filter regulator
supply port.

1. Remove air supply line to the air filter/regulator and
check airflow.

Note: Five minutes is allowed for checking the air
pressure after shifting the transmission to
neutral.
HI range
0-100 PSI gauge

LO range
0-100 PSI gauge

• If air flows from the supply line, repair the Air
Filter Regulator.
• If air does not flow from the supply line, repair
vehicle air supply to the regulator and go to
Step J.

• If low range gauge reads 55 to 65 PSI and high
range gauge reads 0 PSI, go to Step C.
• If neither gauge reads as listed above, replace
the Range Valve. Go to Step V.

322

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure high range air pressures.

Purpose: Measure high splitter air pressures.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. With the Shift Control, select the highest reverse
gear available by pressing the upshift button/arrow,
then select neutral.

2. Start vehicle and allow air pressure to build to governor cut-off.

HI range
0-100 PSI gauge

LO range
0-100 PSI gauge

3. Turn off engine, but leave key on.
4. With Shift Control, select reverse (R1 in gear display for 13/18-speed), then select neutral.
Note: Five minutes is allowed for checking the
pressure after moving the Shift Lever to neutral.
LO split
0-100 PSI gauge
HI split
0-100 PSI gauge

• If high range gauge reads 55 to 65 PSI and low
range gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step Q.
• If neither gauge reads as listed above, replace
the Range Valve. Go to Step V.
• If high splitter gauge reads 55 to 65 PSI and
low splitter gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step S.
• If air pressure gauges do not read as shown
above, replace Splitter Valve. Go to Step V.

Purpose: Identify if the transmission is equipped
with a splitter system.

1. Is the transmission equipped with a splitter system? (i.e. 13-Speed)
• If the transmission is equipped with a splitter
system, go to Step R.
• If the transmission is not equipped with a splitter system, go to Step V.

2016.01.15

323

TRTS0930

UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure low splitter air pressures.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. With Shift Control, select reverse (R2 in the gear
display 13/18-speed).

2. Remove all pressure gauges.

Note: If R2 isn’t displayed the up arrow button
needs to be pressed.

3. Reconnect all connectors.
4. Key on.
5. Drive the vehicle to determine whether the complaint has been repaired.

HIGH split
0-100 PSI gauge
LOW split
0-100 PSI gauge

• If the transmission shifts normal, test complete.
• If the transmission still has a shifting complaint go to Step A. to find error in testing.

• If low splitter gauge reads 55 to 65 PSI and if
high splitter gauge is 0 PSI, go to Step V.
• If neither gauge reads as shown above, replace
the Splitter Valve. Go to Step V.

324

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

2016.01.15

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift DM3 Shift Complaint Test

325

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test
Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if a shift complaint
exists, and there are no Active or Inactive codes.

Detection
There is no detection other than a driver complaint.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for shift complaint; however, it
may effect vehicle performance.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

326

•

Low Fluid Level

•

Inertia Brake

•

Input Shaft Speed Sensor

•

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)

•

Transmission Harness

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test

Component Identification
Transmission Harness
Transmission ECU

Inertia Brake

2016.01.15

327

TRTS0930

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Inspect the transmission fluid level.

Purpose: Measure battery voltage. Visually inspect
the batteries, inline fuse and power and ground
supplies at the batteries.

1. Place transmission in neutral.
2. Allow engine to idle at 600 to 700 RPM for a minimum of 2 minutes. Ensure transmission fluid temperature is 60 to 120 degrees F (16 to 49 degrees
C)

1. Key off.
2. Inspect starter/battery and in-line fuse holder connections for integrity.
3. Measure voltage across batteries.

3. Check transmission fluid level.
• If fluid level is at cold-full mark, go to Step B.

VOLTS

• If fluid level is below the cold-add mark, correct fluid level, check for leaks and go to Step
V.
V

COM

–

328

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Verify proper ground path between the
batteries and the transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Measure proper battery voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
1. Locate diagnostic port on Transmission Harness.
2. Key on.

2. Key on.
3. Measure voltage between Pin B and Pin C.

3. Measure voltage between Pin C and the battery
negative post.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

VOLTS

COM

Battery Negative Post

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage between Pin C and battery negative
post is 0.70 volts or less, go to Step D.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
ground supply to TECU. Repeat test.

2016.01.15

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step E.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair battery
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

329

TRTS0930

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure proper ignition voltage at the
transmission harness 4-way diagnostic connector.

Purpose: Perform “Inertia Brake Test” using ServiceRanger.

1. Key on.

2. Measure voltage between Pin A and Pin C.

2. Connect ServiceRanger, select Advanced Product
Function.

Warning! - Do Not Load Test at Diagnostic Port
4-Pin Diagnostics Port

3. Start engine, PTO must be disengaged.
4. Select Inertia Brake test.

5. Run test and follow instructions.
• Test passes, go to Step G.
• Test fails, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor

4-way
4-Pin Diagnostic Port
(Located at the left rear
corner of the transmission.)

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

Go to Step V.
• Test aborts, correct displayed test failure condition and retest.

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
go to Step F.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair ignition
power supply to TECU. Fuse may be blown.
Repeat test.

Purpose: Monitor Engine Speed and Input Shaft
Speed in ServiceRanger.

1. Drive vehicle and monitor engine RPM and input
shaft RPM with ServiceRanger
• If engine RPM and input shaft rpm match
during the test drive, test complete.
• If input shaft RPM is erratic or reads zero, go
to Step H.

330

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft
Speed Sensor through the Transmission Harness.

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit
for a short to ground through the Transmission
Harness.

1. Key off.
1. Measure resistance between the Transmission Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and ground.

2. Disconnect negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the Transmission Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure the resistance between the Transmission
Harness 38-way connector Pin 7 and Pin 8.

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
29

37
13

14
35

OHMS

38
21

COM

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector
OHMS

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
V

37
13

14
35

COM

38
21

• If resistance is OL, go to Step J.

22
36

Transmission Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
K.
• If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step I.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step J.

Purpose: Visually remove and inspect the Input
Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.

1. Inspect Input Shaft Speed Sensor for contamination or damage.
• If no problem found, replace TECU go to Step
V.
• If problem found or you were sent here from
Step J or K, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
Inspect the upper countershaft PTO gear for
damage. Go to Step V.

2016.01.15

331

TRTS0930

UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure the resistance of the Input Shaft
Speed Sensor at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Disconnect the Transmission Harness from the
Input Shaft Speed Sensor.
2. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and Pin B.

Purpose: Test the Input Shaft Speed Sensor circuit
for a short to ground at the Input Shaft Speed Sensor.

1. Measure resistance between Input Shaft Speed
Sensor Pin A and ground.
OHMS
A

OHMS
A

COM

GROUND

• If resistance is 2K to 4.5K ohm, go to Step L.
• If resistance is outside of range, go to Step J.

• If resistance is OL, replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.
• If resistance is less than 10K ohm, go to Step
J.

332

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | UltraShift AW3 Shift Complaint Test

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
2. Reconnect all connectors.
3. Key on.
4. Drive the vehicle to determine whether the complaint has been repaired.
• If the transmission shifts normal, test complete.
• If the transmission still has a shifting complaint go to Step A. to find error in testing.

2016.01.15

333

Shift Lever Back Light Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

TRTS0930

Shift Lever Back Light Test
Overview
This symptom-driven test is performed if the Shift Lever or
Shift Control back lighting is not functioning.

Detection
There is no detection other than a driver complaint.

Fallback
There is no fallback mode for this symptom.

Possible Causes
This symptom can be caused by any of the following:

334

•

OEM Wiring

•

Shift Control

•

Shift Lever

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Shift Lever Back Light Test

Component Identification

Push Button Shift Control
3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

6 5 7
6 5 7

Dimmer control input
Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

Push Button Control
30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

25
31
15
16
17
23

Back side Dimmer control input
of gauges
Dash lights

Shift Control ECU Legend
All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(4-31, C1) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(1-15, 8-16, 2-17, F2, F1) = Communication from and to the ECU15.8.2
(3-25, 5, J3, B3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(6-23) = Signal from ECU

2016.01.15

335

TRTS0930

Shift Lever Back Light Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Shift Lever Back Light Test

Purpose: Visually identify the Driver Interface Device.

1. Verify Shift Lever.

Purpose: Measure the dimmer switch voltage supply to the Shift Control.

1. Key off.

• If vehicle is equipped with an OEM Shift Lever,
refer to OEM for repair strategy.
• If vehicle is equipped with a Push Button Shift
Control, go to Step B.
• If vehicle is equipped with Cobra Lever, go to
Step C.

2. Disconnect Shift Control 30-way connector.
3. Key on.
4. Turn dimmer switch to max.
5. Measure voltage between Pin B3 and Pin J3.
VOLTS

COM

K
J
H
G
F

E
D
C
B
A

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
replace Shift Control. Go to Step V.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair OEM wire
between Pin B3 and the dash lights and go to
Step V.

336

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Shift Lever Back Light Test

Purpose: Inspect Cobra Lever lights with dimmer
switched turned to the max position.

Purpose: Measure the dimmer switch voltage supply to the Cobra Lever.

1. Key on.

1. Key off.

2. Turn vehicle lights on.

2. Disconnect Cobra Lever 8-way connector.

3. Turn dimmer switch to max.

3. Key on.

• Cobra Lever lights on, but do not dim when
vehicle lights are on, go to Step D.
• Cobra Lever lights do not come on, go to Step
E.

4. Turn dimmer switch to max.
5. Measure voltage between Pin 5 and Pin 3 on the
8-way Vehicle Harness.
VOLTS

COM

• If voltage is within 2 volts of battery voltage,
replace Cobra Lever and go to Step V.
• If voltage is outside of range, repair OEM wire
between Pin 5 and dash lights and go to Step
V.

2016.01.15

337

TRTS0930

Shift Lever Back Light Test | Symptom Isolation Procedures

Purpose: Measure the ignition voltage supply to
the Cobra Lever.

Purpose: Verify continuity of the power supply
from the TECU to the Cobra Lever and test for a
short to ground.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.

2. Disconnect Cobra Lever 8-way connector.

2. Disconnect Negative battery cable.

3. Key on.
4. Measure voltage between Pin 3 and Pin 4 on the
8-way Vehicle Harness connector.
VOLTS

COM

3. Disconnect Vehicle Harness 38-way connector.
4. Measure resistance between:
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 31 and
Vehicle Harness 8-way connector Pin 4.
- Vehicle Harness 38-way connector Pin 31 and
ground.
OHMS

2
3

7
6

COM

Front View
38-Way Connector

37
13

14
35

7
1

38
22

21
36

OHMS

COM

37
13

14
35

7
1

38
22

21
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

• If voltage is within 0.6 volts of battery voltage,
replace Cobra Lever. Go to Step V.
• If resistance between Pin 31 and Pin 4 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and the resistance between Pin 31
and ground is OL, go to Step G.

• If voltage is out of range, go to Step F.

• If any of the above conditions are not met,
replace the:
- Medium-Duty Transmission Harness
- Heavy-Duty Transmission Harness
Go to Step V.

338

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Symptom Isolation Procedures | Shift Lever Back Light Test

Purpose: Verify continuity of the ground supply
from the TECU to the Cobra Lever and test for a
short to ground.

Purpose: Verify repair.

1. Key off.
1. Key off.

2. Reconnect all connectors.

2. Measure resistance between Vehicle Harness
38-way connector Pin 25 and Vehicle Harness
8-way connector Pin 3 Vehicle Harness 38-way
connector Pin 25 and ground.

3. Key on.
4. Turn on the dash lights fully.
• If back light works correctly, test complete.

OHMS

2
3

7
6

COM

Front View
38-Way Connector

37
13

14
35

• If back lights do not work correctly, go to Step
A. to find error in testing.

38
22

21
36

OHMS

COM

37
13

14
35

7
1

38
22

21
36

Vehicle Harness 38-way Connector

• If resistance between Pin 25 and Pin 3 is 0 to
0.3 ohms and the resistance between Pin 25
and ground is OL, see “Electrical Pretest” on
page 12. If test passes, replace the
- Medium-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
- Heavy-Duty Input Shaft Speed Sensor
go to Step V.

2016.01.15

339

TRTS0930

Connector Pin Descriptions | Appendix

Connector Pin Descriptions
Transmission Controller 38-Way (Vehicle Interface Connector)
38-Way

Description

Wire

38-Way

Description

Wire

J1939 Shield (CAN)

18 TXL

MEIIR Contact

18 TXL

J1939 Low (CAN)

18 TXL

MEIIR Minus

18 TXL

J1939 High (CAN)

18 TXL

MEIIR Plus

18 TXL

Start Enable Relay Minus

18 TXL

Service Light Output

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

Not Used

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

Shift Control Power Minus

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

Start Enable Latch

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

HIL Low (Proprietary CAN)

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

HIL High (Proprietary CAN)

18 TXL

J1587 Plus

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

J1587 Minus

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

ISO9141-K Communications

18 TXL

Shift Control Power Plus

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

Start Enable Relay Plus

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

Not Used

Plug

Shift Control Input (Mode
Auto)

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

Shift Control Input (Mode
Manual/Neutral Signal)

18 TXL

Ignition

12 GXL
or
14SXL

Shift Control Input (Mode
Common/Neutral Return)

18 TXL

Battery Minus

12 GXL

PTO

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

Auto Neutral AW3

18 TXL

Battery Plus

12 GXL

340

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Connector Pin Descriptions

Push Button Shift Control 30-Way
Connector

Cobra Lever 8-Way Connector
8-Way

Description

Wire

Shift Control Input (Mode Auto)

16 TXL

30-Way

Description

Wire

Shift Control Input (Mode Common)

16 TXL

Shift Control Power Plus

16 TXL

Shift Control Power Minus

16 TXL

V Dash

16 TXL

Shift Control Lever Power Plus

16 TXL

HIL(+) HI

16 TXL

Dash Lights

16 TXL

HIL(-) LO

16 TXL

Service Light Output

16 TXL

No Connection

16 TXL

Shift Control Power Minus

16 TXL

Shift Control Input (Mode Manual)

16 TXL

2016.01.15

341

TRTS0930

Connector Pin Descriptions | Appendix

Transmission Controller 38-Way (Eaton Supplied Assembly)
38-Way

Description

Wire

38-Way

Description

Wire

Not Used

Plug

Rail Position Sensor Minus

18 TXL

Clutch Lube Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

Clutch Lube Solenoid Minus

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

Splitter Solenoid Common
Minus

18 TXL

Output Shaft Speed Sensor High

18 TXL

Inertia Brake Solenoid Minus

18 TXL

Output Shaft Speed Sensor Low

18 TXL

Range Solenoid Common Minus

18 TXL

Service Ignition

18 TXL

Input Shaft Speed Sensor High

18 TXL

Splitter Indirect Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

Input Shaft Speed Sensor Low

18 TXL

Not Used

Plug

Not Used

Plug

Range High Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

Gear Position Sensor Plus

18 TXL

Not Used

18 TXL

Gear Position Sensor Signal

18 TXL

Not Used

18 TXL

Gear Position Sensor Minus

18 TXL

Service Battery Minus

18 TXL

Clutch Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

Splitter Direct Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

Clutch Solenoid Minus

18 TXL

Inertia Brake Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

Main Shaft Speed Sensor High

18 TXL

Range Low Solenoid Plus

18 TXL

Main Shaft Speed Sensor Low

18 TXL

Rail Motor Plus

14SXL

Service Battery Plus

18 TXL

Gear Motor Plus

14SXL

Rail Position Sensor Plus

18 TXL

Rail Motor Minus

14SXL

Rail Position Sensor Signal

18 TXL

Gear Motor Minus

14SXL

342

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

Wiring Diagrams
UltraShift DM3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram
with Analog Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

For Transmission
Diagnostics

18
19
20
10
11
12

Rail select
sensor

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

7
8

38
36
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20
3
2
1

Terminating
resistor

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor
23
24

A
B

Vehicle Interface Legend

Output shaft
speed sensor
B
C
A

4-way

17
31
25

33
5

A
B

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

Inertia brake

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(15, 16, 17, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4, 21) = -12 volt relay source
(22, 32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23) = Signal from TECU
(20) = Signal into the TECU

Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2016.01.15

Electric
shifter

343

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

6 5 7
6 5 7

For Transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Dimmer control input
Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

10 AMP 12 volt only
manual resetting
circuit breaker

25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20

J-1939 High

Ignition Key Switch
Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP fuse

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
battery

G
H

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid
30

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Ignition
Interrupt
relay

86
85
87
87a

* Run to ignition
input on Engine
ECM

Engine Power Relay
Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or

J-1939/11 data link
(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

30
87
86
85

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

10 AMP
fuse

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(35, 30, 87, 87a) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(15-1, 16-8, 17-2, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85, 21-85) = -12 volt relay source
(22-86, 32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-4) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23-6) = Signal from TECU
(20-87) = Signal into TECU

Terminating
resistor

GND

344

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift DM3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram
with Push Button Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU
Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

For Transmission
Diagnostics

18
19
20
10
11
12

Rail select
sensor

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

7
8

Terminating
resistor

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor
23
24

Vehcile Interface Legend

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(27, 28, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4, 21) = -12 volt relay source
(22, 32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(20) = Signal into the TECU

Output shaft
speed sensor
B
C
A

4-way

17
31
25

33
5

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

A
B

Inertia brake

Gear select
motor

36
38

35
37

Rail select
motor

2016.01.15

38
36
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20
3
2
1

Electric
shifter

345

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control
30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

Dimmer control input

For Transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights
J-1939 High

10 AMP 12 volt only
manual resetting
circuit breaker
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20

Ignition Key Switch
Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP fuse

Ignition
Interrupt
relay

86
85
87
87a

* Run to ignition
input on Engine
ECM

Engine Power Relay
Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or

10 AMP
fuse

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
battery

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

E
F

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid
Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(35, 30, 87, 87a) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(27-F2, 28-F1, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-J3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85, 21-85) = -12 volt relay source
(22-86, 32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-C1) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(20-87) = Signal into TECU

J-1939/11 data link
(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Terminating
resistor

GND

346

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift AW3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram
with Analog Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

38
36
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
3
2
1

Rail select
sensor

A
B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

7
8

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor

For Transmission
Diagnostics

23
24

Terminating
resistor

Output shaft
speed sensor
B

Vehicle Interface Legend

33
5

B
C
A

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

A
B

Inertia brake

17
31
25

2
3
13
14

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(15, 16, 17, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4) = -12 volt relay source
(32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23) = Signal from TECU

Hydraulic manifold
Assembly
Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2016.01.15

Electric
shifter

347

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

Dimmer control input

6 5 7
6 5 7

Transmission
ECU Connector Pins
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4

J-1939 High

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

10 AMP 12 volt only
manual resetting
circuit breaker

10 AMP
fuse

For transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Ignition Key Switch
Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
Battery

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way

Run to
starter solenoid

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

J-1939/11 data link
(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Start
enable
relay

Terminating
resistor

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(35, 30, 87) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(15-1, 16-8, 17-2, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85) = -12 volt relay source
(32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-4) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23-6) = Signal from TECU

GND

348

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift AW3 6-Speed Wiring Diagram
with Push Button Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor
23
24

Rail select
sensor

7
8

For Transmission
Diagnostics

38
36
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
3
2
1

Terminating
resistor

Output shaft
speed sensor

Vehicle Interface Legend

33
5

B
C
A

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

A
B

17
31
25

Inertia brake

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(27, 28, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4) = -12 volt relay source
(32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU

2
3
13
14

Hydraulic manifold
Assembly
Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2016.01.15

Electric
shifter

349

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control
30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

For transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Dimmer control input
Back side
of gauges

J-1939 High

10 AMP 12 volt only
manual resetting or
10 AMP
circuit breaker
fuse

27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4

Ignition Key Switch
Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
Battery

E
F

Transmission
ECU Connector Pins

F
C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(35, 30, 87) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(27-F2, 28-F1, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-J3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85) = -12 volt relay source
(32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-C1) = +12 volt switched from TECU

J-1939/11 data link
(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Start
enable
relay

Terminating
resistor

GND

350

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

AutoShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with
Analog Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

A
B

15
16

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

A
B

Vehicle Interface Legend
Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor

6
34
28

B
C
A

Terminating
resistor

Gear select
sensor

7
8

For Transmission
Diagnostics

Rail select
sensor

38
36
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
3
2
1

C
B
A

17
31
25

Range
valve

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(15, 16, 17, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4) = -12 volt relay source
(32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23) = Signal from TECU

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2016.01.15

Electric
shifter

351

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

Dimmer control input

6 5 7
6 5 7

25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4

J-1939 High

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

Transmission
ECU Connector Pins

10 AMP 12 volt only
manual resetting
circuit breaker

For transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Ignition Key Switch
Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP
fuse

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
Battery

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way

Run to
starter solenoid

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

J-1939/11 data link
(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Start
enable
relay

Terminating
resistor

GND

352

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

AutoShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with
Push Button Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

15
16

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

Vehicle Interface Legend
Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor

6
34
28

B
C
A

Terminating
resistor

23
24

Gear select
sensor

7
8

For Transmission
Diagnostics

Rail select
sensor

38
36
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
3
2
1

C
B
A

Range
valve

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(27, 28, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4) = -12 volt relay source
(32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU

17
31
25

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2016.01.15

Electric
shifter

353

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control
30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

For transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Dimmer control input
Back side
of gauges

J-1939 High

Ignition Key Switch
Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP 12 volt only
manual resetting or
10 AMP
circuit breaker
fuse

27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
Battery

E
F

Transmission
ECU Connector Pins

F
C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

J-1939/11 data link
(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Start
enable
relay

Terminating
resistor

GND

354

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with
Analog Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

A
B

15
16

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

Rail select
sensor

7
8

For Transmission
Diagnostics

38
36
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20
3
2
1

A
B

Terminating
resistor

Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor

Vehicle Interface Legend
6
34
28

B
C
A

C
B
A

Range
valve

17
31
25

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

33
5

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35)= +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(15, 16, 17, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4, 21) = -12 volt relay source
(22, 32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23) = Signal from TECU
(20) = Signal into the TECU

Inertia brake (Optional)

Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2016.01.15

Electric
shifter

355

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

6 5 7
6 5 7

For Transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Dimmer control input
Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

10 AMP 12 volt only
manual resetting
circuit breaker

25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20

J-1939 High

Ignition Key Switch
Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP fuse

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
battery

G
H

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid
30

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Ignition
Interrupt
relay

86
85
87
87a

* Run to ignition
input on Engine
ECM

Engine Power Relay
Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or

J-1939/11 data link
(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

30
87
86
85

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

10 AMP
fuse

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch

Terminating
resistor

GND

356

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift 10-Speed Wiring Diagram with
Push Button Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU
Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

A
B

15
16

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

Rail select
sensor

7
8

For Transmission
Diagnostics

38
36
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20
3
2
1

A
B

Terminating
resistor

Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor

Vehicle Interface Legend

6
34
28

B
C
A

4-way

C
B
A

Range
valve

17
31
25

33
5

A
B

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(27, 28, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4, 21) = -12 volt relay source
(22, 32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(20) = Signal into the TECU

Inertia brake (Optional)

Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2016.01.15

Electric
shifter

357

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control
30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

Dimmer control input

For Transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights
J-1939 High

10 AMP 12 volt only
manual resetting
circuit breaker
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20

Ignition Key Switch
Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP fuse

Ignition
Interrupt
relay

86
85
87
87a

* Run to ignition
input on Engine
ECM

Engine Power Relay
Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or

10 AMP
fuse

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
battery

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

E
F

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid
Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine ECM

J-1939/11 data link
(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Terminating
resistor

GND

358

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift 13-Speed Wiring Diagram with
Analog Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

7
8

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

Terminating
resistor

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor
B

Rail select
sensor

15
16

For Transmission
Diagnostics

Vehicle Interface Legend

A
6
34
28

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

4-way

38
36
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20
3
2
1

C
B
A

Range
valve

Splitter
valve

17
31
25

33
5

Inertia brake

A
B

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +
Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2016.01.15

Electric
shifter

359

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

6 5 7
6 5 7

For Transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Dimmer control input
Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

10 AMP 12 volt only
manual resetting
circuit breaker

25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20

J-1939 High

Ignition Key Switch
Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP fuse

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
battery

G
H

F
C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid
30

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Ignition
Interrupt
relay

86
85
87
87a

* Run to ignition
input on Engine
ECM

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine Power Relay
Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or
Engine ECM

10 AMP
fuse

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(35, 30, 87, 87a)= +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(15-1, 16-8, 17-2, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85, 21-85) = -12 volt relay source
(22-86, 32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-4) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23-6) = Signal from TECU
(20-87) = Signal into TECU

J-1939/11 data link
(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Terminating
resistor

GND

360

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

UltraShift 13-Speed Wiring Diagram with
Push Button Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

A
B

15
16

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor

6
34
28

Rail select
sensor

7
8

For Transmission
Diagnostics

C
B
A

Range
valve

4
32
26

B
C
A

4-way

38
36
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20
3
2
1

C
B
A

Splitter
valve

17
31
25

33
5

Terminating
resistor

Vehicle Interface Legend
All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(27, 28, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4, 21) = -12 volt relay source
(22, 32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(20) = Signal into the TECU

A
B

B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +

Inertia brake (Optional)

Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2016.01.15

Electric
shifter

361

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control
30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

Dimmer control input

For Transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights
J-1939 High

10 AMP 12 volt only
manual resetting
circuit breaker
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
22
21
20

Ignition Key Switch
Runs to main power lead that
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line)

10 AMP fuse

Ignition
Interrupt
relay

86
85
87
87a

* Run to ignition
input on Engine
ECM

J-1939 Low

+12 volts
battery

J
H

C
D
B
F
G
A

J-1587 data link

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid
Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend

Engine Power Relay
Fused 10 AMP 12 volt
manual resetting
circuit breaker
or

10 AMP
fuse

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

E
F

Engine ECM

J-1939/11 data link
(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Terminating
resistor

GND

362

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

AutoShift 18-Speed Wiring Diagram with
Analog Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

7
8

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

6
34
28

Main shaft
speed sensor

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

Terminating
resistor

Output shaft
speed sensor
B

Rail select
sensor

15
16

For Transmission
Diagnostics

38
36
25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4
3
2
1

C
B
A

17
31
25

Range
valve

Splitter
valve

Vehicle Interface Legend
All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(15, 16, 17, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4) = -12 volt relay source
(32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23) = Signal from TECU

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +
Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2016.01.15

Electric
shifter

363

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

Dimmer control input

6 5 7
6 5 7

25
31
15
16
17
23
35
10
11
26
32
4

J-1939 High

Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

Transmission
ECU Connector Pins

10 AMP 12 volt only
manual resetting
circuit breaker

For transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

10 AMP
fuse

J-1939 Low

Ignition Key Switch
+12 volts
Runs to main power lead that
Battery
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line) J-1587 data link

G
H

C
D
B
F
G
A

9-way

Run to
starter solenoid

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Engine ECM

J-1939/11 data link
(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Start
enable
relay

Vehicle Interface Legend
All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(35, 30, 87) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26-87) = Latch into the ECU
(15-1, 16-8, 17-2, 10-F, 11-G) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4-85) = -12 volt relay source
(32-86) = +12 volt relay source
(31-4) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(23-6) = Signal from TECU
Terminating
resistor

GND

364

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

AutoShift 18-Speed Wiring Diagram with
Push Button Shifter
30 AMP fuse

Transmission ECU

Battery power
(Non-switched power)
run to starter or Battery

OEM

18
19
20
10
11
12

B
C

Gear select
sensor

A
B
C

7
8

A
B

Input shaft
speed sensor

A
B

23
24

Terminating
resistor

A
B

Main shaft
speed sensor

Output shaft
speed sensor
B

Rail select
sensor

15
16

For Transmission
Diagnostics

38
36
27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4
3
2
1

Vehicle Interface Legend

A
6
34
28

C
B
A

4
32
26

B
C
A

C
B
A

17
31
25

Range
valve

Splitter
valve

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(38) = +12 volt non-switched from battery
(35) = +12 volt switched from ignition switch
(26) = Latch into the ECU
(27, 28, 10, 11, 3, 2, 1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(36, 25) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
(4) = -12 volt relay source
(32) = +12 volt relay source
(31) = +12 volt switched from TECU

4-way
B - Service Bat. +
C - Service Bat. A - Service Ignition +
Rail select
motor
35
37
36
38

Gear select
motor

2016.01.15

Electric
shifter

365

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control
30-way connector
F2

F1 J3

For transmission
Diagnostics per
SAE Standard

Dimmer control input
Back side
of gauges

J-1939 High

10 AMP 12 volt only
manual resetting or
10 AMP
circuit breaker
fuse

27
28
25
31
35
10
11
26
32
4

E
F

Transmission
ECU Connector Pins

J-1939 Low
Ignition Key Switch
Runs to main power lead that
+12 volts
feeds the ignition bus (OEM
Battery
responsible for overcurrent
protection on this line) J-1587 data link

G
H

C
D
B
F
G
A

9-way
Run to
starter solenoid

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Run to start
signal from
igntion switch
30
87
86
85

Vehicle InterfaceLegend

Engine ECM

J-1939/11 data link
(OEM supplied)

Shield
termination

Start
enable
relay

Terminating
resistor

GND

366

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

Eaton Cobra Lever Wiring Diagram

3 4 1 8 2
3 4 1 8 2

6 5 7
6 5 7

Transmission ECU Connector
(Vehicle Interface)
J1

Dimmer control input
Back side
of gauges
Dash lights

25
31
15
16
17
23

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

Trans Control ECU Legend

All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(31-4) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(15-1, 16-8, 17-2) = Communication from and to the TECU
Front View
(25-3, 5) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring
Transmission ECU Connector
(23-6) = Signal from TECU

37
13

14
35

2016.01.15

FROM

Description

J1-15

C2-1

Shift Control Input (Mode Auto)

J1-17

C2-2

Shift Control Input (Mode Common)

J1-25

C2-3

Shift Control Power Minus

J1-31

C2-4

Shift Control Power Plus

C2-5

Dash Lights

J1-23

C2-6

Service Light Output

J1-16

C2-8

Shift Control Input (Mode Manual)

C2-7

No Connection

38
21

22
36

367

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

OEM Shift Lever Wiring Diagram
OEM Shift Lever

Transmission ECU Connector
(Vehicle Interface)

J1
15
16
17
23

Service Lamp
Connector

Vehicle Interface Legend
All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(15-B, 16-A, 17-C) = Communication to and from the TECU
(23) = Signal from TECU

Front View
Transmission ECU Connector

37
13

14
35

38
21

22
36

FROM

Description

J1-15

F2-B

Shift Control Input (Mode Auto)

J1-16

F2-A

Shift Control Input (Mode Manual)

J1-17

F2-C

Shift Control Input (Mode Common)

J1-23

F3-A

Service Lamp Output

F3-B

368

Ground

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

Eaton Push Button Wiring Diagram
Push Button Shift Control

Push Button Control
30-way connector
C2

Transmission ECU Connector
(Vehicle Interface)

F2 F1 J3 C1 B3

Dimmer control input

J1
27
28
25
31

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall
Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
(Vehicle Interface)
37
13

14
35

Front View
Shift Control (30-Way Connector)
38
21

22
36

Vehicle Interface Legend
All OEM responsible wiring shown is "typical". Consult specific application.
(31-C1) = +12 volt switched from TECU
(27-F2, 28-F1) = Communication from and to the TECU
(25-J3) = Signal returns, grounds, and general OEM wiring

FROM

Description

J1-27

C2-F2

HIL(-) LO

J1-28

C2-F1

HIL(+) HI

J1-25

C2-J3

Shift Control Power Minus

J1-31

C2-C1

Shift Control Power Plus

C2-B3

2016.01.15

Dimmer Control Input

FROM

Description

J1-D1

C2-1

RNDHL

J1-D3

C2-2

COMMON

---------

C2-3

GROUND

J1-J2

C2-4

SPLICE into TRANS BATT 1

369

TRTS0930

Wiring Diagrams | Appendix

FROM

Description

J1-B3

C2-5

DIMMER CONTROL

J1-H2

C2-6

SERVICE LAMP

J1-D2

C2-8

MANUAL MODE

FROM

Description

J1-27

C2-F2

EPL- LO

J1-28

C2-F1

EPL+ HI

J1-25

C2-J3

Ground 1

J1-31

C2-C1

Ignition

C2-B3

370

Dimmer Control Input

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Wiring Diagrams

OEM J1939 Shift Input Device Wiring
Diagram

OEM J1939 Shift Device
Transmission ECU Connector
(Vehicle Interface)

Bulkhead connector
located at firewall

16
17

J1939
Battery Power (Non-switched power
run to Battery or Starter)

Ground

Switched Power
Front View
Transmission ECU Connector
(Vehicle Interface)

37
13

14
35

2016.01.15

38
21

22
36

FROM

Description

J1-16

Connector C2

Shift Control Input (Neutral Request Signal)

J1-17

Connector C2

Shift Control Input (Neutral Request Return)

OEM

Connector C2

Shift Control Power Minus (Ground)

OEM

Connector C2

Shift Control Power Plus (Ignition)

OEM

Connector C2

Shift Control Power Plus (Battery)

Connector C2

OEM

J1939 High

OEM

Connector C2

J1939 Low

OEM

Connector C2

J1939 Shield

371

TRTS0930

Proper Clutch Operation | Appendix

Proper Clutch Operation
When performing the test for proper clutch operation, the
vehicle should be in the same condition as when the problem occurred. For instance, if the problem only occurs
when the vehicle is hot, drive the vehicle to warm it up
before conducting the test.
When the operator depresses the clutch pedal and shifts
from neutral to drive or reverse, the Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU) waits for the transmission input
shaft speed to decrease to less than 150 RPM before shifting the transmission into gear. If the clutch is not disengaging completely or the clutch brake is not functioning
properly, the input shift will not slow down and the transmission will not shift into gear.

10. If clutch adjustment is correct and clutch brake
appears satisfactory, the problem may be a defective clutch. The clutch may require repair or
replacement. Refer to the clutch manufacturer’s
service information to verify a dragging clutch.
Without ServiceRanger a PC-based Service Tool
1. Place transmission in neutral.
2. Start engine.
3. Let up on the clutch pedal (clutch engaged).
4. Depress clutch pedal fully to activate clutch brake
and hold for 2 seconds.
5. Place transmission in starting gear.

Check For Proper Clutch Operation

6. If starting gear display shows a solid gear
(engaged), the procedure is complete. If the gear
display shows a flashing gear (not yet engaged)
continue on to number 7.

Note: Refer to publication CLSM0200.
With PC-Base Service Tool
1. Connect ServiceRanger a PC-based Service Tool.
2. Make sure the transmission is in neutral
3. Start engine.
4. Set ServiceRanger a PC-based Service Tool to
monitor input shaft speed.
5. With Clutch pedal up (clutch engaged), compare
input shaft speed and engine speed (RPM). They
should be the same.

7. If flashing gear is displayed, slowly release the
clutch pedal.
8. If flashing gear does not become solid or gear does
not engage, check clutch brake for proper function
and check clutch adjustment.
9. If gear does not engage and clutch is adjusted
properly, troubleshoot for a dragging clutch
according to clutch manufacturer.

Note: If engine speed and input shaft speeds are not the
same, then perform input shaft speed sensor test and
confirm proper clutch adjustment.
6. Check clutch for slippage, and repair or replace as
needed.
7. Depress clutch pedal to active clutch brake. Within
2 seconds, input shaft speed should be less than
25 RPM (0 RPM is desired). If input shaft does not
stop turning, the clutch is not disengaging completely or the clutch brake is not functioning properly.
8. Check for proper clutch adjustment, adjust as necessary.
9. Inspect clutch brake for excessive friction material
wear or internal damage. Replace as necessary.
Note: The clutch brake may have to be removed to inspect
properly.

372

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Proper Clutch Operation

Confirm Proper Clutch Adjustment and
Clutch Brake Contact
Confirm Release Bearing Travel Gap
Use a 1/2” gauge to verify the release bearing travel gap.
This gap (distance between the rear of the release bearing
and the clutch brake) must be between 1/2” and 9/16”.

If the 0.010” feeler gauge is not adequately squeezed to
prevent removal, or can be removed with the pedal less
than 1/2” or greater than 1”, check and adjust the clutch
pedal height and travel per the chassis manufacturer’s
instructions. In addition, check the external clutch linkage
for excessive wear or obstruction preventing complete
travel.

If this dimension is incorrect, adjust the clutch per the
clutch manufacturer’s instructions.

Release
yoke

Confirm the Free-Play gap*
*For mechanical clutch release systems with free-play.
Use a 1/8” gauge to verify proper free-play gap on Easy
Pedal.

Clutch
brake

If this dimension is incorrect, adjust the clutch per the
clutch manufacturer’s instructions.

Confirm Proper Clutch Brake Contact
Insert a 0.010” feeler gauge between the release bearing
and the clutch brake have an assistant fully depress the
clutch pedal. The 0.010” feeler gauge should be squeezed
between the rear of the release bearing and the clutch
brake. Have the assistant slowly let up the clutch pedal. The
0.010” feeler gauge should slide out when the clutch pedal
is 1/2” to 1” above the cab floor or lower pedal stop.

2016.01.15

1/8"

373

TRTS0930

Proper Clutch Operation | Appendix

Clutch Grease Interval Service Procedure
Clutch Greasing Guidelines
It is highly important to follow proper clutch lube intervals
as specified in Lubrication Manual, TCMT0021. Failure to
do so may result in clutch failure and unnecessary repairs.
For more detailed cross-shaft greasing information refer to
the “Release Yoke and Cross-shaft(s) Installation” section
of this manual. Refer to Clutch Service Manual, CLSM0200,
for release bearing greasing information.

374

2016.01.15

TRTS0930

Appendix | Adapter Test Kit J43318

Adapter Test Kit J43318
Note: Use extreme caution when inserting adapters into the
connectors to avoid spreading or distorting of the
terminals.

Adapter Pins
Use the male adapter to test the harness pins.
Harness

Gray Adapters
Gray adapter are to only be used for the following connectors:
•

Shift Control 30-way connector

•

Speed Sensors

•

Position Sensors

•

Range Solenoid Valve

•

Splitter Solenoid Valve

Green and Brown Adapters
Green and brown adapters are to only be used for the following connectors:
•

Vehicle interface 38-way connector

•

Transmission Electronic Control Unit (TECU)
38-way connector

Male adapters

Use the female adapter to test the component pins.

Female adapters

Purple Adapters
Purple adapter are to only be used for the following connectors:
•

Motors

•

Main Power

•

Inertia Brake

2016.01.15

Component

375

Copyright Eaton 2016.
Eaton hereby grant their customers,
vendors, or distributors permission to
freely copy, reproduce and/or distribute
this document in printed format. It may
be copied only in its entirety without any
changes or modifications. THIS INFORMATION IS NOT INTENDED FOR SALE
OR RESALE, AND THIS NOTICE MUST
REMAIN ON ALL COPIES.
Note: Features and specifications listed
in this document are subject to change
without notice and represent the maximum capabilities of the software and
products with all options installed.
Although every attempt has been made
to ensure the accuracy of information
contained within, Eaton makes no representation about the completeness, correctness or accuracy and assumes no
responsibility for any errors or omissions. Features and functionality may
vary depending on selected options.
For spec’ing or service assistance,
call 1-800-826-HELP (4357) or visit
www.eaton.com/roadranger.
In Mexico, call 001-800-826-4357.
Roadranger: Eaton and trusted partners
providing the best products and services in the industry, ensuring more
time on the road.
Eaton
Vehicle Group
P.O. Box 4013
Kalamazoo, MI 49003 USA
800-826-HELP (4357)
www.eaton.com/roadranger
Printed in USA

Eaton
1111 Superior Ave.
Cleveland, OH 44114

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
Has XFA                         : No
Tagged PDF                      : Yes
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Create Date                     : 2016:01:15 08:50:25Z
Creator Tool                    : FrameMaker 11.0
Modify Date                     : 2016:01:26 13:45:24-05:00
Metadata Date                   : 2016:01:26 13:45:24-05:00
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 11.0 (Windows)
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : trts0930.book
Creator                         : E0091740
Document ID                     : uuid:3e3859a6-831e-4e78-be9b-98de8e422326
Instance ID                     : uuid:6f4dc659-8dc0-4966-a9c6-2c3bad76045e
Page Mode                       : UseNone
Page Count                      : 381
Author                          : E0091740

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Trts0930 Eaton Gen 3 Autoshift Ultrashift Troubleshooting Guide

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation